]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/varasm.c
varasm.c (mergeable_string_section): Don't try to move zero-length strings to the...
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / varasm.c
1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1987-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GCC.
5
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22 *except* the instructions of a function.
23 This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24
25 We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26 and are responsible for combining constants with the same value. */
27
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "memmodel.h"
37 #include "tm_p.h"
38 #include "stringpool.h"
39 #include "regs.h"
40 #include "emit-rtl.h"
41 #include "cgraph.h"
42 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
43 #include "fold-const.h"
44 #include "stor-layout.h"
45 #include "varasm.h"
46 #include "flags.h"
47 #include "stmt.h"
48 #include "expr.h"
49 #include "expmed.h"
50 #include "output.h"
51 #include "langhooks.h"
52 #include "debug.h"
53 #include "common/common-target.h"
54 #include "stringpool.h"
55 #include "attribs.h"
56 #include "asan.h"
57 #include "rtl-iter.h"
58 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
59
60 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
61 #include "xcoffout.h" /* Needed for external data declarations. */
62 #endif
63
64 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output. */
65 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
66 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
67
68 const char *first_global_object_name;
69 const char *weak_global_object_name;
70
71 struct addr_const;
72 struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
73 struct rtx_constant_pool;
74
75 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
76
77 /* Number for making the label on the next
78 constant that is stored in memory. */
79
80 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
81
82 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
83 to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT. */
84
85 int size_directive_output;
86
87 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
88 if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
89 If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
90 this holds 0. */
91
92 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
93
94 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
95 in a function belongs to the cold partition or not. */
96
97 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
98
99 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack. */
100
101 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
102
103 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
104 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
105 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
106 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
107 #endif
108 static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
109 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
110 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
111 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
112 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
113 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
114 unsigned int, bool, bool);
115 static void globalize_decl (tree);
116 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
117 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
118 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
119 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
120 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
121 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
122 #endif
123 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
124 static void mark_weak (tree);
125 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
126 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
127 \f
128 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP. */
129 section *text_section;
130 section *data_section;
131 section *readonly_data_section;
132 section *sdata_section;
133 section *ctors_section;
134 section *dtors_section;
135 section *bss_section;
136 section *sbss_section;
137
138 /* Various forms of common section. All are guaranteed to be nonnull. */
139 section *tls_comm_section;
140 section *comm_section;
141 section *lcomm_section;
142
143 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
144 May be null. */
145 section *bss_noswitch_section;
146
147 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known. The section
148 is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
149 switch_to_exception_section. */
150 section *exception_section;
151
152 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
153 The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
154 first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section. */
155 section *eh_frame_section;
156
157 /* asm_out_file's current section. This is NULL if no section has yet
158 been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is. */
159 section *in_section;
160
161 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
162 at the cold section. */
163 bool in_cold_section_p;
164
165 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
166 cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
167 and there was actually code that went into the cold section. A
168 pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
169 debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
170 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
171
172 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections. */
173 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
174
175 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute. */
176 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
177 (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (DECL) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
178
179 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
180 {
181 typedef const char *compare_type;
182
183 static hashval_t hash (section *);
184 static bool equal (section *, const char *);
185 };
186
187 /* Hash table of named sections. */
188 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
189
190 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
191 {
192 typedef const section *compare_type;
193
194 static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
195 static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
196 };
197
198 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section. */
199 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
200
201 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels. */
202 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
203
204 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions. */
205 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
206
207 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab. */
208
209 bool
210 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
211 {
212 return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
213 }
214
215 hashval_t
216 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
217 {
218 return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
219 }
220
221 /* Return a hash value for section SECT. */
222
223 static hashval_t
224 hash_section (section *sect)
225 {
226 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
227 return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
228 return sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED;
229 }
230
231 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab. */
232
233 inline bool
234 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
235 {
236 return old->sect == new_section;
237 }
238
239 hashval_t
240 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
241 {
242 return hash_section (old->sect);
243 }
244
245 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields. */
246
247 section *
248 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
249 const void *data)
250 {
251 section *sect;
252
253 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
254 sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
255 sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
256 sect->unnamed.data = data;
257 sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
258
259 unnamed_sections = sect;
260 return sect;
261 }
262
263 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields. */
264
265 static section *
266 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
267 {
268 section *sect;
269
270 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
271 sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
272 sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
273
274 return sect;
275 }
276
277 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME. Create
278 a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists. */
279
280 section *
281 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
282 {
283 section *sect, **slot;
284
285 slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
286 INSERT);
287 flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
288 if (*slot == NULL)
289 {
290 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
291 sect->named.common.flags = flags;
292 sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
293 sect->named.decl = decl;
294 *slot = sect;
295 }
296 else
297 {
298 sect = *slot;
299 /* It is fine if one of the sections has SECTION_NOTYPE as long as
300 the other has none of the contrary flags (see the logic at the end
301 of default_section_type_flags, below). */
302 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & SECTION_NOTYPE)
303 && !((sect->common.flags | flags)
304 & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE
305 | (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP ? SECTION_LINKONCE : 0))))
306 {
307 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
308 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
309 }
310 if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
311 && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
312 {
313 /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
314 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
315 flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
316 section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
317 In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
318 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
319 relocations. */
320 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
321 == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
322 && (sect->common.flags
323 & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
324 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
325 && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
326 || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
327 {
328 sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
329 return sect;
330 }
331 /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes. */
332 if (sect->named.decl != NULL
333 && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
334 && decl != sect->named.decl)
335 {
336 if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
337 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict with %qD",
338 decl, sect->named.decl);
339 else
340 error ("section type conflict with %qD", sect->named.decl);
341 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
342 "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
343 }
344 else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
345 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict", decl);
346 else
347 error ("section type conflict");
348 /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times. */
349 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
350 }
351 }
352 return sect;
353 }
354
355 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
356 objects grouped into blocks. */
357
358 static bool
359 use_object_blocks_p (void)
360 {
361 return flag_section_anchors;
362 }
363
364 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT. Create a new
365 structure if we haven't created one already. Return null if SECT
366 itself is null. */
367
368 static struct object_block *
369 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
370 {
371 struct object_block *block;
372
373 if (sect == NULL)
374 return NULL;
375
376 object_block **slot
377 = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
378 INSERT);
379 block = *slot;
380 if (block == NULL)
381 {
382 block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
383 block->sect = sect;
384 *slot = block;
385 }
386 return block;
387 }
388
389 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
390 OFFSET in BLOCK. OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
391 is not yet known. LABEL must be a garbage-collected string. */
392
393 static rtx
394 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
395 HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
396 {
397 rtx symbol;
398 unsigned int size;
399
400 /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF. */
401 size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
402 symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
403
404 /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields. */
405 memset (symbol, 0, size);
406 PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
407 PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
408 XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
409 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
410
411 /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff. */
412 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
413 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
414
415 return symbol;
416 }
417
418 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
419 flags section_type_flags deems appropriate. The name of the section
420 is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
421 DECL_SECTION_NAME. DECL is the decl associated with the section
422 (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
423 section_type_flags. */
424
425 section *
426 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
427 {
428 unsigned int flags;
429
430 if (name == NULL)
431 {
432 gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
433 name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
434 }
435
436 flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
437 return get_section (name, flags, decl);
438 }
439
440 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section. */
441
442 static bool
443 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
444 {
445 n->implicit_section = true;
446 return false;
447 }
448
449 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name. */
450
451 void
452 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
453 int flag_function_or_data_sections)
454 {
455 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
456 && targetm_common.have_named_sections
457 && (flag_function_or_data_sections
458 || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
459 {
460 targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
461 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
462 symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
463 (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
464 }
465 }
466
467 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
468
469 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
470
471 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
472 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
473 ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
474 support is localized here. */
475
476 static void
477 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
478 const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
479 int align)
480 {
481 switch_to_section (bss_section);
482 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
483 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
484 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
485 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
486 #else
487 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
488 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
489 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
490 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
491 }
492
493 #endif
494
495 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
496
497 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
498 /* Return the hot section for function DECL. Return text_section for
499 null DECLs. */
500
501 static section *
502 hot_function_section (tree decl)
503 {
504 if (decl != NULL_TREE
505 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
506 && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
507 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
508 else
509 return text_section;
510 }
511 #endif
512
513 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
514 is NULL.
515
516 When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
517 NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
518 concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
519 Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME". */
520
521 section *
522 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
523 const char *text_section_name,
524 const char *named_section_suffix)
525 {
526 if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
527 {
528 if (named_section_suffix)
529 {
530 const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
531 const char *stripped_name;
532 char *name, *buffer;
533
534 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
535 memcpy (name, dsn,
536 strlen (dsn) + 1);
537
538 stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
539
540 buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
541 return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
542 }
543 else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
544 {
545 const char *name;
546
547 /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions. This gets somewhat
548 slipperly. */
549 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
550 return NULL;
551 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
552 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
553 return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
554 name, NULL)), 0);
555 }
556 else
557 return NULL;
558 }
559 return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
560 }
561
562 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency. */
563
564 section *
565 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
566 bool startup, bool exit)
567 {
568 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
569 /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
570 results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected. */
571 if (decl
572 && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
573 return NULL;
574 #endif
575
576 if (!flag_reorder_functions
577 || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
578 return NULL;
579 /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
580 unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
581 where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors. */
582 if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
583 {
584 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
585 these ELF section. */
586 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
587 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
588 else
589 return NULL;
590 }
591
592 /* Similarly for exit. */
593 if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
594 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
595
596 /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code. */
597 switch (freq)
598 {
599 case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
600 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
601 case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
602 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
603 these ELF section. */
604 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
605 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
606 /* FALLTHRU */
607 default:
608 return NULL;
609 }
610 }
611
612 /* Return the section for function DECL.
613
614 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
615 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
616
617 If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
618 the frequency info of cgraph_node. */
619
620 static section *
621 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
622 {
623 section *section = NULL;
624 enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
625 bool startup = false, exit = false;
626
627 if (decl)
628 {
629 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
630
631 if (node)
632 {
633 freq = node->frequency;
634 startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
635 exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
636 }
637 }
638 if (force_cold)
639 freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
640
641 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
642 if (decl != NULL_TREE
643 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
644 {
645 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
646 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
647 startup, exit);
648 if (section)
649 return section;
650 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
651 }
652 else
653 return targetm.asm_out.select_section
654 (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
655 symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
656 #else
657 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
658 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
659 if (section)
660 return section;
661 return hot_function_section (decl);
662 #endif
663 }
664
665 /* Return the section for function DECL.
666
667 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
668 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least. */
669
670 section *
671 function_section (tree decl)
672 {
673 /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
674 to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
675 despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
676 (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
677 better to live in hot subsection for the code locality). */
678 return function_section_1 (decl,
679 first_function_block_is_cold);
680 }
681
682 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
683 into account. */
684
685 section *
686 current_function_section (void)
687 {
688 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
689 }
690
691 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section. */
692
693 section *
694 unlikely_text_section (void)
695 {
696 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
697 }
698
699 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
700 has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
701 When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
702 default cold section. */
703
704 bool
705 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
706 {
707 return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
708 }
709
710 /* Switch to the other function partition (if inside of hot section
711 into cold section, otherwise into the hot section). */
712
713 void
714 switch_to_other_text_partition (void)
715 {
716 in_cold_section_p = !in_cold_section_p;
717 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
718 }
719
720 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL. */
721
722 section *
723 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
724 {
725 if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
726 {
727 const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
728
729 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
730 {
731 const char *dot;
732 size_t len;
733 char* rname;
734
735 dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
736 if (!dot)
737 dot = name;
738 len = strlen (dot) + 8;
739 rname = (char *) alloca (len);
740
741 strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
742 strcat (rname, dot);
743 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
744 }
745 /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo. */
746 else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
747 && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
748 {
749 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
750 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
751
752 memcpy (rname, name, len);
753 rname[14] = 'r';
754 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
755 }
756 /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo. */
757 else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
758 && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
759 {
760 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
761 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
762
763 memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
764 memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
765 return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
766 }
767 }
768
769 return readonly_data_section;
770 }
771
772 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
773 for targets where that section should be always the single
774 readonly data section. */
775
776 section *
777 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
778 {
779 return readonly_data_section;
780 }
781
782 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section. */
783
784 static const char *
785 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
786 {
787 section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
788 if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
789 return s->named.name;
790 else
791 return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
792 }
793
794 /* Return the section to use for string merging. */
795
796 static section *
797 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
798 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
799 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
800 {
801 HOST_WIDE_INT len;
802
803 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
804 && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
805 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
806 && align <= 256
807 && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
808 && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) == len)
809 {
810 scalar_int_mode mode;
811 unsigned int modesize;
812 const char *str;
813 HOST_WIDE_INT i;
814 int j, unit;
815 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
816 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
817
818 mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
819 modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
820 if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
821 && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
822 {
823 if (align < modesize)
824 align = modesize;
825
826 str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
827 unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
828
829 /* Check for embedded NUL characters. */
830 for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
831 {
832 for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
833 if (str[i + j] != '\0')
834 break;
835 if (j == unit)
836 break;
837 }
838 if (i == len - unit || (unit == 1 && i == len))
839 {
840 sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
841 modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
842 flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
843 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
844 }
845 }
846 }
847
848 return readonly_data_section;
849 }
850
851 /* Return the section to use for constant merging. */
852
853 section *
854 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
855 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
856 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
857 {
858 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
859 && mode != VOIDmode
860 && mode != BLKmode
861 && known_le (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), align)
862 && align >= 8
863 && align <= 256
864 && (align & (align - 1)) == 0)
865 {
866 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
867 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
868
869 sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
870 flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
871 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
872 }
873 return readonly_data_section;
874 }
875 \f
876 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes. */
877
878 static const char *
879 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
880 {
881 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
882 if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
883 name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
884 #endif
885 if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
886 name++;
887 return name;
888 }
889 \f
890 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name. Set (or
891 change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
892 it. */
893 void
894 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
895 {
896 char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
897 starred[0] = '*';
898 strcpy (starred + 1, name);
899 symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
900 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
901 }
902 \f
903 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
904 Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
905 or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
906 or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
907 or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
908 Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
909 Prefixes such as % are optional. */
910
911 int
912 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
913 {
914 /* Presume just one register is clobbered. */
915 *pnregs = 1;
916
917 if (asmspec != 0)
918 {
919 int i;
920
921 /* Get rid of confusing prefixes. */
922 asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
923
924 /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name". */
925 for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
926 if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
927 break;
928 if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
929 {
930 i = atoi (asmspec);
931 if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
932 return i;
933 else
934 return -2;
935 }
936
937 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
938 if (reg_names[i][0]
939 && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
940 return i;
941
942 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
943 {
944 static const struct
945 {
946 const char *const name;
947 const int number;
948 const int nregs;
949 } table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
950
951 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
952 if (table[i].name[0]
953 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
954 {
955 *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
956 return table[i].number;
957 }
958 }
959 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
960
961 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
962 {
963 static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
964 = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
965
966 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
967 if (table[i].name[0]
968 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
969 && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
970 return table[i].number;
971 }
972 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
973
974 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
975 return -4;
976
977 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
978 return -3;
979
980 return -2;
981 }
982
983 return -1;
984 }
985
986 int
987 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
988 {
989 int count;
990 return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
991 }
992
993 \f
994 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section. */
995
996 bool
997 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl, bool named)
998 {
999 /* Do not put non-common constants into the .bss section, they belong in
1000 a readonly section, except when NAMED is true. */
1001 return ((!TREE_READONLY (decl) || DECL_COMMON (decl) || named)
1002 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
1003 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1004 to mark offlined constructors. */
1005 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
1006 && !in_lto_p)
1007 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
1008 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))));
1009 }
1010
1011 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
1012 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable. */
1013
1014 void
1015 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
1016 {
1017 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1018
1019 /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
1020 where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
1021 figure out the proper alignment now. */
1022 if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1023 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1024 align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1025
1026 /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1027 In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4. */
1028 if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1029 {
1030 error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1031 "file alignment %d", decl,
1032 MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1033 align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1034 }
1035
1036 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1037 {
1038 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1039 unsigned int data_abi_align
1040 = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1041 /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1042 TLS variables. */
1043 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1044 align = data_abi_align;
1045 #endif
1046
1047 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1048 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1049 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1050 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1051 if the references to it must bind to the current definition. */
1052 if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1053 && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1054 {
1055 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1056 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1057 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1058 is too precious. */
1059 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1060 align = data_align;
1061 #endif
1062 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1063 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1064 to mark offlined constructors. */
1065 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1066 {
1067 unsigned int const_align
1068 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1069 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1070 space is too precious. */
1071 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1072 align = const_align;
1073 }
1074 }
1075 }
1076
1077 /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1078 from it in get_pointer_alignment. */
1079 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
1080 }
1081
1082 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1083 beyond what align_variable returned. */
1084
1085 static unsigned int
1086 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1087 {
1088 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1089
1090 /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1091 everything. */
1092 if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1093 return align;
1094
1095 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1096 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1097 align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1098 #endif
1099
1100 /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1101 did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1102 of TLS variables. For other vars, increase the alignment here
1103 as an optimization. */
1104 if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1105 {
1106 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes. */
1107 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1108 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1109 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1110 is too precious. */
1111 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1112 align = data_align;
1113 #endif
1114 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1115 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1116 to mark offlined constructors. */
1117 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1118 {
1119 unsigned int const_align
1120 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1121 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1122 is too precious. */
1123 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1124 align = const_align;
1125 }
1126 }
1127
1128 return align;
1129 }
1130
1131 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1132 should be placed. PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1133 section should be used wherever possible. */
1134
1135 section *
1136 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1137 {
1138 addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1139 int reloc;
1140 varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1141 if (vnode)
1142 {
1143 vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1144 decl = vnode->decl;
1145 }
1146
1147 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1148 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1149
1150 /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag. */
1151 if (vnode)
1152 vnode->get_constructor ();
1153
1154 if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1155 {
1156 /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1157 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1158 be handled as such. */
1159 gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1160 && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1161 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1162 return tls_comm_section;
1163 else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1164 return comm_section;
1165 }
1166
1167 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1168 reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1169 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1170 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1171 else
1172 reloc = 0;
1173
1174 resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1175 if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1176 {
1177 section *sect = get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1178
1179 if ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_BSS)
1180 && !bss_initializer_p (decl, true))
1181 {
1182 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
1183 "only zero initializers are allowed in section %qs",
1184 sect->named.name);
1185 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = error_mark_node;
1186 }
1187 return sect;
1188 }
1189
1190 if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1191 && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1192 && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1193 && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1194 {
1195 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1196 && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1197 && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1198 return lcomm_section;
1199 if (bss_noswitch_section)
1200 return bss_noswitch_section;
1201 }
1202
1203 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1204 get_variable_align (decl));
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed. */
1208
1209 static struct object_block *
1210 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1211 {
1212 section *sect;
1213
1214 if (VAR_P (decl))
1215 {
1216 /* The object must be defined in this translation unit. */
1217 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1218 return NULL;
1219
1220 /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1221 isolated by definition. */
1222 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1223 return NULL;
1224 }
1225
1226 /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1227 constant size. */
1228 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1229 return NULL;
1230 if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1231 return NULL;
1232
1233 /* Find out which section should contain DECL. We cannot put it into
1234 an object block if it requires a standalone definition. */
1235 if (VAR_P (decl))
1236 align_variable (decl, 0);
1237 sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1238 if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1239 return NULL;
1240
1241 return get_block_for_section (sect);
1242 }
1243
1244 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK. */
1245
1246 static void
1247 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1248 {
1249 if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1250 {
1251 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1252 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1253 }
1254 }
1255
1256 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block. */
1257
1258 static bool
1259 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1260 {
1261 struct symtab_node *snode;
1262
1263 /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks. */
1264 if (!VAR_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1265 return false;
1266
1267 /* DECL_INITIAL (decl) set to decl is a hack used for some decls that
1268 are never used from code directly and we never want object block handling
1269 for those. */
1270 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1271 return false;
1272
1273 /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1274 definition. */
1275 if (VAR_P (decl)
1276 && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1277 && snode->alias)
1278 return false;
1279
1280 return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1281 }
1282
1283 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1284 until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1285 Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1286 way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1287 followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1288 chain. */
1289
1290 static inline tree
1291 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1292 {
1293 tree target = *alias;
1294
1295 if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1296 {
1297 gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1298 target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1299 gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1300 && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1301 *alias = target;
1302 }
1303
1304 return target;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL. DECL should
1308 have static storage duration. In other words, it should not be an
1309 automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1310
1311 There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1312 explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1313
1314 This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes. */
1315
1316 void
1317 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1318 {
1319 const char *name = 0;
1320 int reg_number;
1321 tree id;
1322 rtx x;
1323
1324 /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable. */
1325 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1326 && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1327
1328 /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits. */
1329 gcc_assert (!VAR_P (decl)
1330 || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1331 || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1332 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1333 || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1334
1335 /* And that we were not given a type or a label. */
1336 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1337 && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1338
1339 /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1340 same DECL node. Don't discard the RTL already made. */
1341 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1342 {
1343 /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode. */
1344 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1345 if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1346 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1347
1348 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1349 return;
1350
1351 /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1352 table of such critters. Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1353 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1354 hash map from DECL to set of attributes. */
1355
1356 /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1357 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1358 decl attribute overrides another. */
1359 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1360
1361 /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1362 on the new decl information. */
1363 if (MEM_P (x)
1364 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1365 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1366 change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1367
1368 return;
1369 }
1370
1371 /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1372 pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode. */
1373 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1374 {
1375 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1376 return;
1377 }
1378
1379 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1380 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1381
1382 if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1383 && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1384 {
1385 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1386 }
1387 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1388 {
1389 const char *asmspec = name+1;
1390 machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1391 reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1392 /* First detect errors in declaring global registers. */
1393 if (reg_number == -1)
1394 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1395 else if (reg_number < 0)
1396 error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1397 else if (mode == BLKmode)
1398 error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1399 decl);
1400 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1401 error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1402 " by the current target", decl);
1403 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1404 error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1405 " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1406 else if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (reg_number, mode))
1407 error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1408 decl);
1409 /* Now handle properly declared static register variables. */
1410 else
1411 {
1412 int nregs;
1413
1414 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1415 {
1416 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1417 error ("global register variable has initial value");
1418 }
1419 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1420 warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1421 "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1422 "writes to register variables");
1423
1424 /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1425 e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1426 confused with that register and be eliminated. This usage is
1427 somewhat suspect... */
1428
1429 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1430 ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1431 REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1432
1433 if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1434 {
1435 /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1436 else. */
1437 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1438 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1439 ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1440 #endif
1441 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (reg_number, mode);
1442 while (nregs > 0)
1443 globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1444 }
1445
1446 /* As a register variable, it has no section. */
1447 return;
1448 }
1449 /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1450 specifications. */
1451 SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1452 DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1453 /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1454 decl now. */
1455 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1456 return;
1457 }
1458 /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1459 Also handle vars declared register invalidly. */
1460 else if (name[0] == '*')
1461 {
1462 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1463 if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1464 {
1465 reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1466 if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1467 error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1468 }
1469 #endif
1470 }
1471
1472 /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1473 non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common. */
1474 /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1475 visibility pass is doing the same work. But notice_global_symbol
1476 is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1477 we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed. */
1478 if (VAR_P (decl)
1479 && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1480 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1481 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1482 && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1483 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1484
1485 /* Variables can't be both common and weak. */
1486 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1487 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1488
1489 if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1490 x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1491 else
1492 {
1493 machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1494 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1495 {
1496 addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1497 address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1498 }
1499 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1500 }
1501 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1502 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1503
1504 x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1505 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1506 set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1507 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1508
1509 /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1510 such as that it is a function name.
1511 If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1512 will have to know how to strip this information. */
1513 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1514 }
1515
1516 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1517 calling make_decl_rtl. Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1518 rtl. */
1519
1520 rtx
1521 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1522 {
1523 unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1524 rtx rtl;
1525
1526 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1527 return DECL_RTL (decl);
1528
1529 /* Kludge alert! Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1530 call new_alias_set. If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1531 we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1532 numbers off in the comparison dumps. So... clearing
1533 flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1534 new set. */
1535 save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1536 flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1537
1538 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1539 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1540 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
1541 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1542
1543 flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1544 return rtl;
1545 }
1546 \f
1547 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1548 for an `asm' keyword used between functions. */
1549
1550 void
1551 assemble_asm (tree string)
1552 {
1553 const char *p;
1554 app_enable ();
1555
1556 if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1557 string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1558
1559 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1560 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1561 }
1562
1563 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC. */
1564 void
1565 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1566 {
1567 switch_to_section (sec);
1568 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1569 assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1570 }
1571
1572 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1573 not) section for PRIORITY. */
1574 section *
1575 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1576 {
1577 /* Buffer conservatively large enough for the full range of a 32-bit
1578 int plus the text below. */
1579 char buf[18];
1580
1581 /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
1582 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1583 constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1584 /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1585 order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1586 linker sorts in increasing order. */
1587 MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1588 return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1589 }
1590
1591 void
1592 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1593 {
1594 section *sec;
1595
1596 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1597 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1598 /*constructor_p=*/false);
1599 else
1600 sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1601
1602 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1603 }
1604
1605 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1606 void
1607 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1608 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1609 {
1610 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1611 }
1612 #endif
1613
1614 void
1615 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1616 {
1617 section *sec;
1618
1619 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1620 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1621 /*constructor_p=*/true);
1622 else
1623 sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1624
1625 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1626 }
1627
1628 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1629 void
1630 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1631 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1632 {
1633 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1634 }
1635 #endif
1636 \f
1637 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1638 a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1639 start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1640 after the end of the function. The default is to put it before the
1641 start. */
1642
1643 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1644 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1645 #endif
1646
1647 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1648 to be output to assembler.
1649 Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate. */
1650
1651 void
1652 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1653 {
1654 const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1655
1656 if (first_global_object_name
1657 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1658 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1659 || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1660 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1661 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1662 && (!VAR_P (decl)
1663 || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1664 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1665 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1666 return;
1667
1668 /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1669 symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names. */
1670 if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1671 t = &weak_global_object_name;
1672
1673 if (!*t)
1674 {
1675 tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1676 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1677 *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1678 }
1679 }
1680
1681 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1682 current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1683 current_function_section during RTL expansion. DECL describes the
1684 function. */
1685
1686 void
1687 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1688 {
1689 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1690
1691 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1692 {
1693 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1694 /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1695 being accurate. */
1696 first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1697 && node->frequency
1698 == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1699 }
1700
1701 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1702 }
1703
1704 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be
1705 different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
1706 const char *
1707 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1708 {
1709 rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1710 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1711 x = XEXP (x, 0);
1712 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1713 return XSTR (x, 0);
1714 }
1715
1716 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1717 with defining the name of the function. DECL describes the function.
1718 NAME is the function's name. For the constant pool, we use the current
1719 constant pool data. */
1720
1721 void
1722 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1723 {
1724 int align;
1725 char tmp_label[100];
1726 bool hot_label_written = false;
1727
1728 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1729 {
1730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1731 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1733 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1734 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1735 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1736 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1737 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1738 const_labelno++;
1739 cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1740 }
1741 else
1742 {
1743 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1744 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1745 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1746 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1747 }
1748
1749 /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler. */
1750
1751 app_disable ();
1752
1753 if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1754 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1755
1756 align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1757
1758 /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1759 aligned. This is necessary here in the case where the function
1760 has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1761 the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function. */
1762
1763 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1764 {
1765 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1766
1767 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1768 assemble_align (align);
1769 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1770
1771 /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1772 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1773 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG. */
1774 if (!cfun->is_thunk
1775 && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1776 {
1777 switch_to_section (text_section);
1778 assemble_align (align);
1779 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1780 hot_label_written = true;
1781 first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1782 }
1783 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1784 }
1785
1786
1787 /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function. */
1788
1789 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1790 if (crtl->has_bb_partition && !hot_label_written)
1791 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1792
1793 /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions. */
1794 align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1795 if (align > 0)
1796 {
1797 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1798 }
1799
1800 /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1801 Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1802 because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all. */
1803 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1804 && align_functions.levels[0].log > align
1805 && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1806 {
1807 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1808 int align_log = align_functions.levels[0].log;
1809 #endif
1810 int max_skip = align_functions.levels[0].maxskip;
1811 if (flag_limit_function_alignment && crtl->max_insn_address > 0
1812 && max_skip >= crtl->max_insn_address)
1813 max_skip = crtl->max_insn_address - 1;
1814
1815 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1816 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_log, max_skip);
1817 if (max_skip == align_functions.levels[0].maxskip)
1818 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1819 align_functions.levels[1].log,
1820 align_functions.levels[1].maxskip);
1821 #else
1822 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions.levels[0].log);
1823 #endif
1824 }
1825
1826 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1827 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1828 #endif
1829
1830 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1831 (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1832
1833 /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
1834
1835 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1836 {
1837 notice_global_symbol (decl);
1838
1839 globalize_decl (decl);
1840
1841 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1842 }
1843
1844 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1845 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1846
1847 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size = function_entry_patch_area_size;
1848 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_entry = function_entry_patch_area_start;
1849
1850 tree patchable_function_entry_attr
1851 = lookup_attribute ("patchable_function_entry", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
1852 if (patchable_function_entry_attr)
1853 {
1854 tree pp_val = TREE_VALUE (patchable_function_entry_attr);
1855 tree patchable_function_entry_value1 = TREE_VALUE (pp_val);
1856
1857 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (patchable_function_entry_value1))
1858 patch_area_size = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value1);
1859 else
1860 gcc_unreachable ();
1861
1862 patch_area_entry = 0;
1863 if (list_length (pp_val) > 1)
1864 {
1865 tree patchable_function_entry_value2 =
1866 TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val));
1867
1868 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (patchable_function_entry_value2))
1869 patch_area_entry = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value2);
1870 else
1871 gcc_unreachable ();
1872 }
1873 }
1874
1875 if (patch_area_entry > patch_area_size)
1876 {
1877 if (patch_area_size > 0)
1878 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "Patchable function entry > size");
1879 patch_area_entry = 0;
1880 }
1881
1882 /* Emit the patching area before the entry label, if any. */
1883 if (patch_area_entry > 0)
1884 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1885 patch_area_entry, true);
1886
1887 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name. */
1888 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1889 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1890 #else
1891 /* Standard thing is just output label for the function. */
1892 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1893 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1894
1895 /* And the area after the label. Record it if we haven't done so yet. */
1896 if (patch_area_size > patch_area_entry)
1897 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1898 patch_area_size-patch_area_entry,
1899 patch_area_entry == 0);
1900
1901 if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1902 saw_no_split_stack = true;
1903 }
1904
1905 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1906 function. DECL describes the function. NAME is the function's name. */
1907
1908 void
1909 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1910 {
1911 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1912 /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function. */
1913 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1914 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1915 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1916 #endif
1917 if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1918 {
1919 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1920 switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1921 }
1922 /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1923 debug info.) */
1924 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1925 {
1926 section *save_text_section;
1927
1928 save_text_section = in_section;
1929 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1930 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1931 if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1932 ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1933 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1934 decl);
1935 #endif
1936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1937 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1938 switch_to_section (text_section);
1939 else
1940 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1941 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1942 switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1943 }
1944 }
1945 \f
1946 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros. */
1947
1948 void
1949 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1950 {
1951 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
1952 if (flag_syntax_only)
1953 return;
1954
1955 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1956 /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1957 so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section. */
1958 if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1959 {
1960 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1961 for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1962 assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1963 }
1964 else
1965 #endif
1966 if (size > 0)
1967 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1968 }
1969
1970 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary. */
1971
1972 void
1973 assemble_align (int align)
1974 {
1975 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1976 {
1977 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1978 }
1979 }
1980
1981 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents. */
1982
1983 void
1984 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1985 {
1986 int pos = 0;
1987 int maximum = 2000;
1988
1989 /* If the string is very long, split it up. */
1990
1991 while (pos < size)
1992 {
1993 int thissize = size - pos;
1994 if (thissize > maximum)
1995 thissize = maximum;
1996
1997 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
1998
1999 pos += thissize;
2000 p += thissize;
2001 }
2002 }
2003
2004 \f
2005 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section. */
2006
2007 static bool
2008 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2009 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2010 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2011 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2012 {
2013 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2014 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2015 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2016 size, align);
2017 return true;
2018 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2019 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2020 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
2021 return true;
2022 #else
2023 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2024 return false;
2025 #endif
2026 }
2027
2028 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section. */
2029
2030 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
2031 static bool
2032 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2033 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2034 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2035 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2036 {
2037 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
2038 get_variable_align (decl));
2039 return true;
2040 }
2041 #endif
2042
2043 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section. */
2044
2045 static bool
2046 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2047 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2048 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2049 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2050 {
2051 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
2052 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2053 size, get_variable_align (decl));
2054 return true;
2055 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
2056 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
2057 get_variable_align (decl));
2058 return true;
2059 #else
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2061 return false;
2062 #endif
2063 }
2064
2065 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section. */
2066
2067 static bool
2068 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2069 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2070 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2071 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2072 {
2073 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
2074 ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
2075 return true;
2076 #else
2077 sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
2078 return true;
2079 #endif
2080 }
2081
2082 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2083 NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF. */
2084
2085 static void
2086 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2087 unsigned int align)
2088 {
2089 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2090
2091 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2092 rounded = size;
2093
2094 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2095 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2096
2097 /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2098 since that means "undefined external" in the linker. */
2099 if (size == 0)
2100 rounded = 1;
2101
2102 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2103 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2104 rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2105 rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2106 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2107
2108 if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2109 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2110 error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2111 "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2112 }
2113
2114 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable. Output the label and contents of
2115 DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME. DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2116 is as for assemble_variable. */
2117
2118 static void
2119 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2120 bool dont_output_data, bool merge_strings)
2121 {
2122 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object. */
2123 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2124 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2125 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2126 #else
2127 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
2128 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2129 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2130
2131 if (!dont_output_data)
2132 {
2133 /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2134 to output the body. */
2135 gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2136 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2137 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2138 && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2139 /* Output the actual data. */
2140 output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2141 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2142 get_variable_align (decl),
2143 false, merge_strings);
2144 else
2145 /* Leave space for it. */
2146 assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2147 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2148 }
2149 }
2150
2151 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2152 the current translation unit. */
2153 void
2154 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2155 {
2156 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2157 targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2158 }
2159
2160 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2161 Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2162 Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2163
2164 TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2165 AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2166 to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2167 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2168 initial value (that will be done by the caller). */
2169
2170 void
2171 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2172 int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2173 {
2174 const char *name;
2175 rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2176 section *sect;
2177 unsigned int align;
2178 bool asan_protected = false;
2179
2180 /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES. Ensure we have one. */
2181 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl));
2182
2183 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far. */
2184 gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2185
2186 last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2187
2188 /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2189 since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2190 when a declaration is first seen. */
2191
2192 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2193 return;
2194
2195 /* Do nothing for global register variables. */
2196 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2197 {
2198 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2199 return;
2200 }
2201
2202 /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2203 see if it is complete now. */
2204
2205 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2206 layout_decl (decl, 0);
2207
2208 /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2209 (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference. */
2210
2211 if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2212 {
2213 error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2214 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2215 return;
2216 }
2217
2218 /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2219 decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2220 or local (in C, has internal linkage). So do nothing more
2221 if this function has already run. */
2222
2223 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2224 return;
2225
2226 /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2227 ASM_WRITTEN. */
2228 decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2229
2230 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2231
2232 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
2233 if (flag_syntax_only)
2234 return;
2235
2236 if (! dont_output_data
2237 && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2238 {
2239 error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2240 return;
2241 }
2242
2243 gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2244 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2245 symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2246
2247 /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2248 if it hasn't already been written. */
2249 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2250 {
2251 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2252 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2253 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2254 return;
2255 }
2256
2257 app_disable ();
2258
2259 name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2260 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2261 notice_global_symbol (decl);
2262
2263 /* Compute the alignment of this data. */
2264
2265 align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2266
2267 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2268 && asan_protect_global (decl))
2269 {
2270 asan_protected = true;
2271 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2272 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2273 }
2274
2275 set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2276
2277 align = get_variable_align (decl);
2278
2279 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2280 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2281
2282 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2283 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2284
2285 /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate. */
2286 sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2287 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2288 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2289 globalize_decl (decl);
2290
2291 /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of. */
2292 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2293 output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2294
2295 /* dbxout.c needs to know this. */
2296 if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2297 DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2298
2299 /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2300 has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2301 definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
2302 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2303 {
2304 gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2305 place_block_symbol (symbol);
2306 }
2307 else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2308 assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2309 else
2310 {
2311 /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections. */
2312 if (sect->named.name
2313 && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2314 handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2315 else
2316 switch_to_section (sect);
2317 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2318 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2319 assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data,
2320 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
2321 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
2322 if (asan_protected)
2323 {
2324 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2325 = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2326 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2327 }
2328 }
2329 }
2330
2331
2332 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2333 function into the .preinit_array section. */
2334
2335 void
2336 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2337 {
2338 section *sect;
2339 unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2340 rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2341
2342 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2343 sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2344 switch_to_section (sect);
2345 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2346 }
2347
2348 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers. */
2349
2350 static int
2351 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2352 {
2353 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2354 {
2355 case POINTER_TYPE:
2356 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2357 /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2358 so I'll play safe and return 1. */
2359 case OFFSET_TYPE:
2360 return 1;
2361
2362 case RECORD_TYPE:
2363 case UNION_TYPE:
2364 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2365 {
2366 tree fields;
2367 /* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers. */
2368 for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2369 if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2370 && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2371 return 1;
2372 return 0;
2373 }
2374
2375 case ARRAY_TYPE:
2376 /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does. */
2377 return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2378
2379 default:
2380 return 0;
2381 }
2382 }
2383
2384 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2385 the compilation unit is finalized. This is the best we can do for
2386 right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2387 it all the way to final. See PR 17982 for further discussion. */
2388 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2389
2390 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2391 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2392 As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2393 is processed and the pointer set destroyed. */
2394 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2395
2396 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2397 TREE_LIST in assemble_external. */
2398 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2399
2400 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2401 It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set. */
2402
2403 static bool
2404 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2405 {
2406 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && fndecl_built_in_p (decl))
2407 {
2408 const char *name;
2409
2410 if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2411 && ALLOCA_FUNCTION_CODE_P (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl)))
2412 return true;
2413
2414 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2415 /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2416 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal. */
2417 if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2418 return true;
2419 }
2420 return false;
2421 }
2422
2423 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2424 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL. */
2425 static void
2426 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2427 {
2428 rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2429
2430 if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2431 && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2432 && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2433 {
2434 /* Some systems do require some output. */
2435 SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2436 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2437 }
2438 }
2439 #endif
2440
2441 void
2442 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2443 {
2444 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2445 tree list;
2446 for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2447 assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2448
2449 pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2450 pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2451 delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2452 #endif
2453 }
2454
2455 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2456 to be emitted. */
2457 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2458
2459 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2460 and qualifiers such as weakness. (Most assemblers don't need
2461 extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.) Do nothing if
2462 DECL is not external. */
2463
2464 void
2465 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2466 {
2467 /* Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2468 If it's not, we should not be calling this function. */
2469 gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2470
2471 /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2472 Sadly, the Go front end emit assembly *from the front end*,
2473 bypassing the call graph. See PR52739. Fix before GCC 4.8. */
2474 #if 0
2475 /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2476 expanded, to RTL.
2477 Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2478 not clear whether that would break things somehow. See PR 17982
2479 for further discussion. */
2480 gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2481 || state == FINISHED);
2482 #endif
2483
2484 if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2485 return;
2486
2487 /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2488 very last to check if they are references or not. */
2489
2490 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2491 && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2492 /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2493 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2494 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2495 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2496 match. */
2497 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2498 && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2499 && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2500 weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2501
2502 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2503 if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2504 {
2505 assemble_external_real (decl);
2506 return;
2507 }
2508
2509 if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2510 pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2511 pending_assemble_externals);
2512 #endif
2513 }
2514
2515 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN. */
2516
2517 void
2518 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2519 {
2520 /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec. */
2521 if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2522 {
2523 SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2524 targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2525 }
2526 }
2527
2528 /* Assemble a label named NAME. */
2529
2530 void
2531 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2532 {
2533 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2534 }
2535
2536 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID. */
2537 void
2538 mark_referenced (tree id)
2539 {
2540 TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2541 }
2542
2543 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph. */
2544 void
2545 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2546 {
2547 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2548 {
2549 /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2550 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2551 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2552 definition. */
2553 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2554 if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2555 && !node->definition)
2556 node->mark_force_output ();
2557 }
2558 else if (VAR_P (decl))
2559 {
2560 varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2561 /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2562 to be output that might appear dead otherwise. */
2563 node->force_output = true;
2564 }
2565 /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2566 which do not need to be marked. */
2567 }
2568
2569
2570 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME. If NAME
2571 starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim. Otherwise
2572 NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2573 addition of an underscore). */
2574
2575 void
2576 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2577 {
2578 if (name[0] == '*')
2579 fputs (&name[1], file);
2580 else
2581 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2582 }
2583
2584 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2585 an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2586 variable). If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2587 be marked as referenced. */
2588
2589 void
2590 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2591 {
2592 const char *real_name;
2593 tree id;
2594
2595 real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2596
2597 id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2598 if (id)
2599 {
2600 tree id_orig = id;
2601
2602 mark_referenced (id);
2603 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2604 if (id != id_orig)
2605 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2606 gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2607 }
2608
2609 assemble_name_raw (file, name);
2610 }
2611
2612 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2613 and return an RTX to refer to its address. */
2614
2615 rtx
2616 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2617 {
2618 char name[17];
2619 const char *namestring;
2620 rtx x;
2621
2622 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2623 ++const_labelno;
2624 namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2625
2626 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2627 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2628
2629 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2630 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2631 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2632 #else
2633 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2634 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2635 #else
2636 {
2637 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2638 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2639 /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL. */
2640 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2641 = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2642 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2643 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2644 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2645 }
2646 #endif
2647 #endif
2648 return x;
2649 }
2650
2651 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2652 This is done at most once per compilation.
2653 Returns an RTX for the address of the template. */
2654
2655 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2656
2657 rtx
2658 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2659 {
2660 char label[256];
2661 const char *name;
2662 int align;
2663 rtx symbol;
2664
2665 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2666
2667 if (initial_trampoline)
2668 return initial_trampoline;
2669
2670 /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section. */
2671
2672 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2673 switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2674 #else
2675 switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2676 #endif
2677
2678 /* Write the assembler code to define one. */
2679 align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2680 if (align > 0)
2681 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2682
2683 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2684 targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2685
2686 /* Record the rtl to refer to it. */
2687 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2688 name = ggc_strdup (label);
2689 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2690 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2691
2692 initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2693 set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2694 set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2695
2696 return initial_trampoline;
2697 }
2698 \f
2699 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets. Return the minimum alignment
2700 that may be assumed after adding the two together. */
2701
2702 static inline unsigned
2703 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2704 {
2705 return least_bit_hwi (a | b);
2706 }
2707
2708 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2709 object. SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2710 indicates whether it is known to be aligned. Return NULL if the
2711 assembly dialect has no such directive.
2712
2713 The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2714 be followed immediately by the object's initial value. */
2715
2716 const char *
2717 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2718 {
2719 struct asm_int_op *ops;
2720
2721 if (aligned_p)
2722 ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2723 else
2724 ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2725
2726 switch (size)
2727 {
2728 case 1:
2729 return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2730 case 2:
2731 return ops->hi;
2732 case 4:
2733 return ops->si;
2734 case 8:
2735 return ops->di;
2736 case 16:
2737 return ops->ti;
2738 default:
2739 return NULL;
2740 }
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X. Print OP at the
2744 start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X. */
2745
2746 void
2747 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2748 {
2749 fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2750 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2751 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2752 }
2753
2754 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook. */
2755
2756 bool
2757 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2758 unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2759 int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2760 {
2761 const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2762 /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values. Specifically negative values whose
2763 absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma. */
2764 if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2765 return false;
2766 return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2767 }
2768
2769 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes. ALIGN is
2770 the alignment of the integer in bits. Return 1 if we were able to output
2771 the constant, otherwise 0. We must be able to output the constant,
2772 if FORCE is nonzero. */
2773
2774 bool
2775 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2776 {
2777 int aligned_p;
2778
2779 aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2780
2781 /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object. */
2782 if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2783 return true;
2784
2785 /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up. Split
2786 it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes. */
2787 if (size > 1)
2788 {
2789 machine_mode omode, imode;
2790 unsigned int subalign;
2791 unsigned int subsize, i;
2792 enum mode_class mclass;
2793
2794 subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2795 subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2796 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2797 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2798 else
2799 mclass = MODE_INT;
2800
2801 omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2802 imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2803
2804 for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2805 {
2806 rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2807 if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2808 break;
2809 }
2810 if (i == size)
2811 return true;
2812
2813 /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2814 back now. */
2815 gcc_assert (!i);
2816 }
2817
2818 gcc_assert (!force);
2819
2820 return false;
2821 }
2822 \f
2823 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE. ALIGN
2824 is the alignment of the constant in bits. If REVERSE is true, D is output
2825 in reverse storage order. */
2826
2827 void
2828 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, scalar_float_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2829 bool reverse)
2830 {
2831 long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2832 int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2833 rtx elt;
2834
2835 /* This is hairy. We have a quantity of known size. real_to_target
2836 will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2837 (even if long is more than 32 bits). We need to determine the
2838 number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2839 of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2840 object file (nunits). We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2841 mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2842
2843 size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2844 (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2845 will include the padding bits in its output array) are included. */
2846
2847 nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2848 bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2849 nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2850 units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2851
2852 real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2853
2854 /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment. */
2855 if (reverse)
2856 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2857 else
2858 elt = GEN_INT (data[0]);
2859 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2860 nunits -= units_per;
2861
2862 /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment. */
2863 align = min_align (align, 32);
2864
2865 for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2866 {
2867 if (reverse)
2868 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2869 gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2870 else
2871 elt = GEN_INT (data[i]);
2872 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2873 nunits -= units_per;
2874 }
2875 }
2876 \f
2877 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2878 reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2879 Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2880 EXP must be reducible. */
2881
2882 struct addr_const {
2883 rtx base;
2884 poly_int64 offset;
2885 };
2886
2887 static void
2888 decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
2889 {
2890 tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2891 poly_int64 offset = 0;
2892 rtx x;
2893
2894 while (1)
2895 {
2896 poly_int64 bytepos;
2897 if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2898 && poly_int_tree_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)),
2899 &bytepos))
2900 {
2901 offset += bytepos;
2902 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2903 }
2904 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2905 || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2906 {
2907 /* Truncate big offset. */
2908 offset
2909 += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2910 * wi::to_poly_widest (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)).force_shwi ());
2911 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2912 }
2913 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2914 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2915 {
2916 offset += mem_ref_offset (target).force_shwi ();
2917 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2918 }
2919 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2920 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2921 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2922 == ADDR_EXPR)
2923 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2924 else
2925 break;
2926 }
2927
2928 switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2929 {
2930 case VAR_DECL:
2931 case FUNCTION_DECL:
2932 x = DECL_RTL (target);
2933 break;
2934
2935 case LABEL_DECL:
2936 x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2937 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2938 break;
2939
2940 case REAL_CST:
2941 case FIXED_CST:
2942 case STRING_CST:
2943 case COMPLEX_CST:
2944 case CONSTRUCTOR:
2945 case INTEGER_CST:
2946 x = output_constant_def (target, 1);
2947 break;
2948
2949 case INDIRECT_REF:
2950 /* This deals with absolute addresses. */
2951 offset += tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0));
2952 x = gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
2953 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "origin of addresses"));
2954 break;
2955
2956 default:
2957 gcc_unreachable ();
2958 }
2959
2960 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2961 x = XEXP (x, 0);
2962
2963 value->base = x;
2964 value->offset = offset;
2965 }
2966 \f
2967 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
2968
2969 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
2970
2971 /* Constant pool accessor function. */
2972
2973 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
2974 constant_pool_htab (void)
2975 {
2976 return const_desc_htab;
2977 }
2978
2979 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression. */
2980
2981 hashval_t
2982 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
2983 {
2984 return ptr->hash;
2985 }
2986
2987 static hashval_t
2988 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
2989 {
2990 const char *p;
2991 hashval_t hi;
2992 int len, i;
2993 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
2994
2995 /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
2996 exit the switch or return a value. */
2997
2998 switch (code)
2999 {
3000 case INTEGER_CST:
3001 p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
3002 len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3003 break;
3004
3005 case REAL_CST:
3006 return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
3007
3008 case FIXED_CST:
3009 return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
3010
3011 case STRING_CST:
3012 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
3013 len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
3014 break;
3015
3016 case COMPLEX_CST:
3017 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
3018 + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
3019
3020 case VECTOR_CST:
3021 {
3022 hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (exp);
3023 hi = hi * 563 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (exp);
3024 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (exp);
3025 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3026 hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (exp, i));
3027 return hi;
3028 }
3029
3030 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3031 {
3032 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3033 tree value;
3034
3035 hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3036
3037 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
3038 if (value)
3039 hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
3040
3041 return hi;
3042 }
3043
3044 case ADDR_EXPR:
3045 case FDESC_EXPR:
3046 {
3047 struct addr_const value;
3048
3049 decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
3050 switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
3051 {
3052 case SYMBOL_REF:
3053 /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
3054 only use the offset and the symbol name. */
3055 hi = value.offset.coeffs[0];
3056 p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
3057 for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
3058 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3059 break;
3060
3061 case LABEL_REF:
3062 hi = (value.offset.coeffs[0]
3063 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value.base)) * 13);
3064 break;
3065
3066 default:
3067 gcc_unreachable ();
3068 }
3069 }
3070 return hi;
3071
3072 case PLUS_EXPR:
3073 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3074 case MINUS_EXPR:
3075 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
3076 + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3077
3078 CASE_CONVERT:
3079 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
3080
3081 default:
3082 /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code. */
3083 return code;
3084 }
3085
3086 /* Compute hashing function. */
3087 hi = len;
3088 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3089 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3090
3091 return hi;
3092 }
3093
3094 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface. */
3095 bool
3096 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3097 constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3098 {
3099 if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3100 return 0;
3101 return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3102 }
3103
3104 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3105 the same bit pattern on output. */
3106
3107 static int
3108 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3109 {
3110 enum tree_code typecode;
3111
3112 if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3113 return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3114 if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3115 return 0;
3116
3117 if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3118 return 0;
3119
3120 switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3121 {
3122 case INTEGER_CST:
3123 /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3124 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3125 return 0;
3126 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3127 return 0;
3128 return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3129
3130 case REAL_CST:
3131 /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type. In
3132 addition to the same width, we need to check whether the modes are the
3133 same. There might be two floating point modes that are the same size
3134 but have different representations, such as the PowerPC that has 2
3135 different 128-bit floating point types (IBM extended double and IEEE
3136 128-bit floating point). */
3137 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3138 return 0;
3139 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3140 return 0;
3141 return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3142
3143 case FIXED_CST:
3144 /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3145 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3146 return 0;
3147
3148 return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3149
3150 case STRING_CST:
3151 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3152 || int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3153 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3154 return 0;
3155
3156 return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3157 && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3158 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3159
3160 case COMPLEX_CST:
3161 return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3162 && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3163
3164 case VECTOR_CST:
3165 {
3166 if (VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t1)
3167 != VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t2))
3168 return 0;
3169
3170 if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t1)
3171 != VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t2))
3172 return 0;
3173
3174 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (t1);
3175 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3176 if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t1, i),
3177 VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t2, i)))
3178 return 0;
3179
3180 return 1;
3181 }
3182
3183 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3184 {
3185 vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3186 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3187
3188 typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3189 if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3190 return 0;
3191
3192 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3193 {
3194 HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3195 /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match. */
3196 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3197 || size_1 == -1
3198 || size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3199 || TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3200 != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3201 return 0;
3202 }
3203 else
3204 {
3205 /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3206 equality. */
3207 if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3208 return 0;
3209 }
3210
3211 v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3212 v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3213 if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3214 return 0;
3215
3216 for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3217 {
3218 constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3219 constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3220
3221 /* Check that each value is the same... */
3222 if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3223 return 0;
3224 /* ... and that they apply to the same fields! */
3225 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3226 {
3227 if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3228 return 0;
3229 }
3230 else
3231 {
3232 if (c1->index != c2->index)
3233 return 0;
3234 }
3235 }
3236
3237 return 1;
3238 }
3239
3240 case ADDR_EXPR:
3241 case FDESC_EXPR:
3242 {
3243 struct addr_const value1, value2;
3244 enum rtx_code code;
3245 int ret;
3246
3247 decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3248 decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3249
3250 if (maybe_ne (value1.offset, value2.offset))
3251 return 0;
3252
3253 code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3254 if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3255 return 0;
3256
3257 switch (code)
3258 {
3259 case SYMBOL_REF:
3260 ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3261 break;
3262
3263 case LABEL_REF:
3264 ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value1.base))
3265 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value2.base)));
3266 break;
3267
3268 default:
3269 gcc_unreachable ();
3270 }
3271 return ret;
3272 }
3273
3274 case PLUS_EXPR:
3275 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3276 case MINUS_EXPR:
3277 case RANGE_EXPR:
3278 return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3279 && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3280
3281 CASE_CONVERT:
3282 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3283 return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3284
3285 default:
3286 return 0;
3287 }
3288
3289 gcc_unreachable ();
3290 }
3291 \f
3292 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed. */
3293
3294 static section *
3295 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3296 {
3297 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3298 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3299 align);
3300 }
3301
3302 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes. */
3303
3304 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3305 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3306 {
3307 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3308
3309 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3310 gcc_checking_assert (size >= 0);
3311 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) != STRING_CST
3312 || size >= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp));
3313 return size;
3314 }
3315
3316 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3317 No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3318 Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3319 Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3320 constant's location in memory.
3321 Caller is responsible for updating the hash table. */
3322
3323 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
3324 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3325 {
3326 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3327 rtx symbol, rtl;
3328 char label[256];
3329 int labelno;
3330 tree decl;
3331
3332 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3333 desc->value = exp;
3334
3335 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3336 labelno = const_labelno++;
3337 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3338
3339 /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant. */
3340 decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3341 TREE_TYPE (exp));
3342 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3343 DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3344 TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3345 TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3346 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3347 /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3348 variable is referenced. Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3349 Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl. */
3350 DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3351 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3352 /* ??? targetm.constant_alignment hasn't been updated for vector types on
3353 most architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings. */
3354 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3355 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, targetm.constant_alignment (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl)));
3356 else
3357 align_variable (decl, 0);
3358
3359 /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM. */
3360 if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3361 {
3362 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3363 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3364 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3365 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3366 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3367 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3368 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3369 }
3370 else
3371 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3372 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3373 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3374 TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3375
3376 rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3377 set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3378 set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3379
3380 /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3381 alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well. */
3382 set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3383
3384 /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3385 Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing. */
3386 RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3387
3388 /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3389 that it is a local symbol. If the name is changed, the macro
3390 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3391 information. This call might invalidate our local variable
3392 SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward. */
3393 targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3394
3395 desc->rtl = rtl;
3396
3397 return desc;
3398 }
3399
3400 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3401 for the constant expression EXP.
3402
3403 If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3404 return an rtx to refer to it.
3405 Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3406 and generate an rtx for it.
3407
3408 If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3409 if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3410
3411 `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings. */
3412
3413 rtx
3414 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3415 {
3416 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3417 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3418
3419 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't find
3420 it, create a new one. */
3421 key.value = exp;
3422 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3423 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3424 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3425
3426 desc = *loc;
3427 if (desc == 0)
3428 {
3429 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3430 desc->hash = key.hash;
3431 *loc = desc;
3432 }
3433
3434 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3435 return desc->rtl;
3436 }
3437
3438 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3439 output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it. */
3440 static void
3441 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3442 int defer)
3443 {
3444 rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3445 tree exp = desc->value;
3446
3447 if (flag_syntax_only)
3448 return;
3449
3450 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3451 /* Already output; don't do it again. */
3452 return;
3453
3454 /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3455 doing so. */
3456 if (defer)
3457 {
3458 /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists. It needs to be at
3459 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3460 by the function. If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3461 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3462 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier. */
3463 if (cfun)
3464 n_deferred_constants++;
3465 return;
3466 }
3467
3468 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3469 }
3470
3471 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents. Output the definition
3472 of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL. ALIGN is the
3473 constant's alignment in bits. */
3474
3475 static void
3476 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align,
3477 bool merge_strings)
3478 {
3479 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3480
3481 size = get_constant_size (exp);
3482
3483 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant. */
3484 targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3485
3486 /* Output the value of EXP. */
3487 output_constant (exp, size, align, false, merge_strings);
3488
3489 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3490 }
3491
3492 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so. */
3493
3494 static void
3495 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3496 {
3497 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3498 tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3499 bool asan_protected = false;
3500
3501 /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3502 are assigned label numbers. */
3503 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3504
3505 /* We are no longer deferring this constant. */
3506 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3507
3508 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3509 && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3510 && asan_protect_global (exp))
3511 {
3512 asan_protected = true;
3513 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3514 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
3515 }
3516
3517 /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3518 decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3519 its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
3520 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3521 place_block_symbol (symbol);
3522 else
3523 {
3524 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3525 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3526 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3527 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3528 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3529 switch_to_section (sect);
3530 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3531 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3532 assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align,
3533 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
3534 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
3535 if (asan_protected)
3536 {
3537 HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3538 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3539 }
3540 }
3541 }
3542
3543 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. Return the rtl
3544 if it has been emitted, else null. */
3545
3546 rtx
3547 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3548 {
3549 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3550
3551 key.value = exp;
3552 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3553 constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3554 = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3555
3556 return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3557 }
3558
3559 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3560 for the constant expression EXP.
3561
3562 This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level. */
3563
3564 tree
3565 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3566 {
3567 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc, key;
3568 tree decl;
3569
3570 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't find
3571 it, create a new one. */
3572 key.value = exp;
3573 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3574 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3575 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3576
3577 desc = *loc;
3578 if (desc == 0)
3579 {
3580 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3581 desc->hash = key.hash;
3582 *loc = desc;
3583 }
3584
3585 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3586 varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3587 return decl;
3588 }
3589 \f
3590 struct GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3591 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3592 rtx mem;
3593 rtx sym;
3594 rtx constant;
3595 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3596 hashval_t hash;
3597 fixed_size_mode mode;
3598 unsigned int align;
3599 int labelno;
3600 int mark;
3601 };
3602
3603 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3604 {
3605 static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3606 static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3607 };
3608
3609 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3610 twice. Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3611 are output once per function, not once per file. */
3612 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools. Most
3613 can use one per-file pool. Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3614 difference. */
3615
3616 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3617 /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset. */
3618 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3619 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3620
3621 /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3622 It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3623 constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3624 in memory. */
3625 hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3626
3627 /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3628 machine-specific header). */
3629 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3630 };
3631
3632 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab. */
3633
3634 hashval_t
3635 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3636 {
3637 return desc->hash;
3638 }
3639
3640 bool
3641 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3642 constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3643 {
3644 if (x->mode != y->mode)
3645 return 0;
3646 return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3647 }
3648
3649 /* Hash one component of a constant. */
3650
3651 static hashval_t
3652 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3653 {
3654 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3655 machine_mode mode;
3656 enum rtx_code code;
3657 hashval_t h;
3658 int i;
3659
3660 code = GET_CODE (x);
3661 mode = GET_MODE (x);
3662 h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3663
3664 switch (code)
3665 {
3666 case CONST_INT:
3667 hwi = INTVAL (x);
3668
3669 fold_hwi:
3670 {
3671 int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3672 const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3673
3674 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3675 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3676 {
3677 hwi >>= shift;
3678 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3679 }
3680 }
3681 break;
3682
3683 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3684 hwi = 0;
3685 {
3686 for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3687 hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3688 goto fold_hwi;
3689 }
3690
3691 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3692 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3693 {
3694 hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3695 goto fold_hwi;
3696 }
3697 else
3698 h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3699 break;
3700
3701 case CONST_FIXED:
3702 h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3703 break;
3704
3705 case SYMBOL_REF:
3706 h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3707 break;
3708
3709 case LABEL_REF:
3710 h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (x));
3711 break;
3712
3713 case UNSPEC:
3714 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3715 h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3716 break;
3717
3718 default:
3719 break;
3720 }
3721
3722 return h;
3723 }
3724
3725 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant. */
3726
3727 static hashval_t
3728 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3729 {
3730 hashval_t h = 0;
3731 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3732 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3733 h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3734 return h;
3735 }
3736
3737 \f
3738 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool. */
3739
3740 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
3741 create_constant_pool (void)
3742 {
3743 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3744
3745 pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3746 pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3747 pool->first = NULL;
3748 pool->last = NULL;
3749 pool->offset = 0;
3750 return pool;
3751 }
3752
3753 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function. */
3754
3755 void
3756 init_varasm_status (void)
3757 {
3758 crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3759 crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3760 }
3761 \f
3762 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3763 include the same symbol. */
3764
3765 rtx
3766 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3767 {
3768 rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3769 return r ? r : x;
3770 }
3771 \f
3772 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3773 and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory. IN_MODE is the mode
3774 of X. */
3775
3776 rtx
3777 force_const_mem (machine_mode in_mode, rtx x)
3778 {
3779 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3780 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3781 char label[256];
3782 rtx def, symbol;
3783 hashval_t hash;
3784 unsigned int align;
3785 constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3786 fixed_size_mode mode;
3787
3788 /* We can't force variable-sized objects to memory. */
3789 if (!is_a <fixed_size_mode> (in_mode, &mode))
3790 return NULL_RTX;
3791
3792 /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't. */
3793 if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3794 return NULL_RTX;
3795
3796 /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry. */
3797 crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3798
3799 /* Decide which pool to use. */
3800 pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3801 ? shared_constant_pool
3802 : crtl->varasm.pool);
3803
3804 /* Lookup the value in the hashtable. */
3805 tmp.constant = x;
3806 tmp.mode = mode;
3807 hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3808 slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3809 desc = *slot;
3810
3811 /* If the constant was already present, return its memory. */
3812 if (desc)
3813 return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3814
3815 /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor. */
3816 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3817 *slot = desc;
3818
3819 /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type. */
3820 machine_mode align_mode = (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3821 align = targetm.static_rtx_alignment (align_mode);
3822
3823 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3824 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3825
3826 desc->next = NULL;
3827 desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3828 desc->offset = pool->offset;
3829 desc->hash = hash;
3830 desc->mode = mode;
3831 desc->align = align;
3832 desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3833 desc->mark = 0;
3834
3835 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3836 if (pool->last)
3837 pool->last->next = desc;
3838 else
3839 pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3840 pool->last = desc;
3841
3842 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3843 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3844 ++const_labelno;
3845
3846 /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF. Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3847 the constants pool. */
3848 if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3849 {
3850 section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3851 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3852 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3853 }
3854 else
3855 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3856 desc->sym = symbol;
3857 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3858 CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3859 SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3860
3861 /* Construct the MEM. */
3862 desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3863 set_mem_align (def, align);
3864
3865 /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3866 don't delete it. */
3867 if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3868 LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3869
3870 return copy_rtx (def);
3871 }
3872 \f
3873 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant. */
3874
3875 rtx
3876 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3877 {
3878 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3879 }
3880
3881 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3882 and whether it has been output or not. */
3883
3884 rtx
3885 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3886 {
3887 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3888
3889 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3890 *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3891 return desc->constant;
3892 }
3893
3894 /* Similar, return the mode. */
3895
3896 fixed_size_mode
3897 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3898 {
3899 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3900 }
3901
3902 /* Return TRUE if and only if the constant pool has no entries. Note
3903 that even entries we might end up choosing not to emit are counted
3904 here, so there is the potential for missed optimizations. */
3905
3906 bool
3907 constant_pool_empty_p (void)
3908 {
3909 return crtl->varasm.pool->first == NULL;
3910 }
3911 \f
3912 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1. Emit assembly for X
3913 in MODE with known alignment ALIGN. */
3914
3915 static void
3916 output_constant_pool_2 (fixed_size_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3917 {
3918 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3919 {
3920 case MODE_FLOAT:
3921 case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3922 {
3923 gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3924 assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
3925 as_a <scalar_float_mode> (mode), align, false);
3926 break;
3927 }
3928
3929 case MODE_INT:
3930 case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3931 case MODE_FRACT:
3932 case MODE_UFRACT:
3933 case MODE_ACCUM:
3934 case MODE_UACCUM:
3935 assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3936 break;
3937
3938 case MODE_VECTOR_BOOL:
3939 {
3940 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3941
3942 /* Pick the smallest integer mode that contains at least one
3943 whole element. Often this is byte_mode and contains more
3944 than one element. */
3945 unsigned int nelts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3946 unsigned int elt_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / nelts;
3947 unsigned int int_bits = MAX (elt_bits, BITS_PER_UNIT);
3948 scalar_int_mode int_mode = int_mode_for_size (int_bits, 0).require ();
3949
3950 /* Build the constant up one integer at a time. */
3951 unsigned int elts_per_int = int_bits / elt_bits;
3952 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nelts; i += elts_per_int)
3953 {
3954 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = 0;
3955 unsigned int limit = MIN (nelts - i, elts_per_int);
3956 for (unsigned int j = 0; j < limit; ++j)
3957 if (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i + j)) != 0)
3958 value |= 1 << (j * elt_bits);
3959 output_constant_pool_2 (int_mode, gen_int_mode (value, int_mode),
3960 i != 0 ? MIN (align, int_bits) : align);
3961 }
3962 break;
3963 }
3964 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
3965 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
3966 case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
3967 case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
3968 case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
3969 case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
3970 {
3971 int i, units;
3972 scalar_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
3973 unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
3974
3975 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3976 units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3977
3978 for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
3979 {
3980 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
3981 output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
3982 }
3983 }
3984 break;
3985
3986 default:
3987 gcc_unreachable ();
3988 }
3989 }
3990
3991 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool. Emit constant DESC,
3992 giving it ALIGN bits of alignment. */
3993
3994 static void
3995 output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
3996 unsigned int align)
3997 {
3998 rtx x, tmp;
3999
4000 x = desc->constant;
4001
4002 /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
4003 whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted. This can occur if a jump table
4004 is eliminated by optimization. If so, write a constant of zero
4005 instead. Note that this can also happen by turning the
4006 CODE_LABEL into a NOTE. */
4007 /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong. Certainly it's
4008 not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
4009 functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends. */
4010
4011 tmp = x;
4012 switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
4013 {
4014 case CONST:
4015 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
4016 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
4017 break;
4018 tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
4019 /* FALLTHRU */
4020
4021 case LABEL_REF:
4022 {
4023 rtx_insn *insn = label_ref_label (tmp);
4024 gcc_assert (!insn->deleted ());
4025 gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (insn)
4026 || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
4027 break;
4028 }
4029
4030 default:
4031 break;
4032 }
4033
4034 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4035 ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
4036 align, desc->labelno, done);
4037 #endif
4038
4039 assemble_align (align);
4040
4041 /* Output the label. */
4042 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
4043
4044 /* Output the data.
4045 Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
4046 as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
4047 assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
4048 of fix-up table entries. */
4049 output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
4050
4051 /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
4052 sections have proper size. */
4053 if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
4054 && in_section
4055 && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
4056 assemble_align (align);
4057
4058 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4059 done:
4060 #endif
4061 return;
4062 }
4063
4064 /* Recompute the offsets of entries in POOL, and the overall size of
4065 POOL. Do this after calling mark_constant_pool to ensure that we
4066 are computing the offset values for the pool which we will actually
4067 emit. */
4068
4069 static void
4070 recompute_pool_offsets (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4071 {
4072 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4073 pool->offset = 0;
4074
4075 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4076 if (desc->mark)
4077 {
4078 /* Recalculate offset. */
4079 unsigned int align = desc->align;
4080 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
4081 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
4082 desc->offset = pool->offset;
4083 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
4084 }
4085 }
4086
4087 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
4088 Emit referenced deferred strings. */
4089
4090 static void
4091 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
4092 {
4093 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
4094 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
4095 {
4096 const_rtx x = *iter;
4097 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
4098 {
4099 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4100 {
4101 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
4102 if (desc->mark == 0)
4103 {
4104 desc->mark = 1;
4105 iter.substitute (desc->constant);
4106 }
4107 }
4108 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4109 {
4110 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
4111 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
4112 {
4113 n_deferred_constants--;
4114 output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
4115 }
4116 }
4117 }
4118 }
4119 }
4120
4121 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
4122 constant pool which are actually being used. Entries that are only
4123 referenced by other constants are also marked as used. Emit
4124 deferred strings that are used. */
4125
4126 static void
4127 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
4128 {
4129 if (!INSN_P (insn))
4130 return;
4131
4132 /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE. Only check the patterns of
4133 insns, not any notes that may be attached. We don't want to mark
4134 a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note. */
4135 if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
4136 {
4137 int i, n = seq->len ();
4138 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
4139 {
4140 rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
4141 if (INSN_P (subinsn))
4142 mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
4143 }
4144 }
4145 else
4146 mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
4147 }
4148
4149 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
4150 entries in POOL which are actually being used. Emit deferred constants
4151 which have indeed been used. */
4152
4153 static void
4154 mark_constant_pool (void)
4155 {
4156 rtx_insn *insn;
4157
4158 if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4159 return;
4160
4161 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4162 mark_constants (insn);
4163 }
4164
4165 /* Write all the constants in POOL. */
4166
4167 static void
4168 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4169 {
4170 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4171
4172 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4173 if (desc->mark)
4174 {
4175 /* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4176 the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4177 write out its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do
4178 that later. */
4179 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4180 && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4181 place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4182 else
4183 {
4184 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4185 (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4186 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4187 }
4188 }
4189 }
4190
4191 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4192 out the function's private constant pool. */
4193
4194 static void
4195 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4196 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4197 {
4198 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4199
4200 /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4201 discard the instructions which refer to the constant. In such a
4202 case we do not need to output the constant. */
4203 mark_constant_pool ();
4204
4205 /* Having marked the constant pool entries we'll actually emit, we
4206 now need to rebuild the offset information, which may have become
4207 stale. */
4208 recompute_pool_offsets (pool);
4209
4210 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4211 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4212 #endif
4213
4214 output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4215
4216 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4217 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4218 #endif
4219 }
4220 \f
4221 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool. */
4222
4223 void
4224 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4225 {
4226 output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4227 }
4228 \f
4229 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need. */
4230
4231 int
4232 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4233 {
4234 int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4235 tree tem;
4236
4237 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4238 {
4239 case ADDR_EXPR:
4240 case FDESC_EXPR:
4241 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4242 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4243 addresses of variables or functions. */
4244 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4245 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4246 ;
4247
4248 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4249 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4250 {
4251 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4252 break;
4253 }
4254
4255 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4256 reloc |= 2;
4257 else
4258 reloc |= 1;
4259 break;
4260
4261 case PLUS_EXPR:
4262 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4263 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4264 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4265 break;
4266
4267 case MINUS_EXPR:
4268 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4269 reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4270 /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time. */
4271 if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4272 reloc = 0;
4273 else
4274 reloc |= reloc2;
4275 break;
4276
4277 CASE_CONVERT:
4278 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4279 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4280 break;
4281
4282 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4283 {
4284 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4285 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4286 if (tem != 0)
4287 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4288 }
4289 break;
4290
4291 default:
4292 break;
4293 }
4294 return reloc;
4295 }
4296
4297 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4298 and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4299 Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered. */
4300
4301 static void
4302 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4303 {
4304 tree tem;
4305
4306 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4307 {
4308 case ADDR_EXPR:
4309 case FDESC_EXPR:
4310 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4311 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4312 addresses of variables or functions. */
4313 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4314 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4315 ;
4316
4317 /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer. */
4318 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4319 tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4320
4321 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4322 output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4323
4324 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4325 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4326 break;
4327
4328 case PLUS_EXPR:
4329 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4330 case MINUS_EXPR:
4331 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4332 gcc_fallthrough ();
4333
4334 CASE_CONVERT:
4335 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4336 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4337 break;
4338
4339 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4340 {
4341 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4342 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4343 if (tem != 0)
4344 output_addressed_constants (tem);
4345 }
4346 break;
4347
4348 default:
4349 break;
4350 }
4351 }
4352 \f
4353 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4354 its elements are. This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4355 and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4356 evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes. */
4357
4358 bool
4359 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4360 {
4361 return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4362 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4363 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4364 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4365 }
4366
4367 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4368 tree *cache);
4369
4370 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p. VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4371 PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR. This looks for cases of VALUE
4372 which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4373 particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant. This
4374 returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4375 which can be used to initialize a static variable. Otherwise it
4376 returns NULL. */
4377
4378 static tree
4379 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4380 {
4381 tree op0, op1;
4382
4383 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4384 return NULL_TREE;
4385
4386 op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4387 op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4388
4389 /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen. This
4390 works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4391 ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4392 is cheaper. */
4393
4394 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4395 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4396 {
4397 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4398 if (inner == error_mark_node
4399 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4400 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4401 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4402 break;
4403 op0 = inner;
4404 }
4405
4406 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4407 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4408 {
4409 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4410 if (inner == error_mark_node
4411 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4412 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4413 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4414 break;
4415 op1 = inner;
4416 }
4417
4418 op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4419 if (!op0)
4420 return NULL_TREE;
4421
4422 op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4423 cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4424 /* Both initializers must be known. */
4425 if (op1)
4426 {
4427 if (op0 == op1
4428 && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4429 || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4430 return null_pointer_node;
4431
4432 /* Support differences between labels. */
4433 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4434 && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4435 return null_pointer_node;
4436
4437 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4438 && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4439 && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4440 return null_pointer_node;
4441 }
4442
4443 return NULL_TREE;
4444 }
4445
4446 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4447 Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4448 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4449 element of a "constant" initializer.
4450
4451 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4452 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4453 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4454 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4455 arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4456
4457 Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL. */
4458
4459 static tree
4460 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4461 {
4462 tree ret;
4463
4464 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4465 {
4466 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4467 if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4468 {
4469 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4470 tree elt;
4471 bool absolute = true;
4472
4473 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4474 return cache[1];
4475 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4476 {
4477 tree reloc;
4478 reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4479 NULL);
4480 if (!reloc
4481 /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO. */
4482 || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4483 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4484 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4485 {
4486 if (cache)
4487 {
4488 cache[0] = value;
4489 cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4490 }
4491 return NULL_TREE;
4492 }
4493 if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4494 absolute = false;
4495 }
4496 /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4497 variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4498 relocation." */
4499 if (cache)
4500 {
4501 cache[0] = value;
4502 cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4503 }
4504 return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4505 }
4506
4507 return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4508
4509 case INTEGER_CST:
4510 case VECTOR_CST:
4511 case REAL_CST:
4512 case FIXED_CST:
4513 case STRING_CST:
4514 case COMPLEX_CST:
4515 return null_pointer_node;
4516
4517 case ADDR_EXPR:
4518 case FDESC_EXPR:
4519 {
4520 tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4521 if (op0)
4522 {
4523 /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic. If "a" turns out
4524 to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense. */
4525 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4526 && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4527 return null_pointer_node;
4528 /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4529 unless we don't need or want one. */
4530 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4531 && DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4532 && !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4533 return NULL_TREE;
4534 /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4535 object. */
4536 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4537 return NULL_TREE;
4538 }
4539 return op0;
4540 }
4541
4542 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4543 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4544 endtype, cache);
4545
4546 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4547 {
4548 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4549 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4550 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4551
4552 /* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4553 if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4554 RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4555 to the underlying constructor. */
4556 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4557 {
4558 if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4559 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4560 else
4561 return NULL_TREE;
4562 }
4563
4564 /* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion. */
4565 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4566 }
4567
4568 CASE_CONVERT:
4569 {
4570 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4571 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4572 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4573
4574 /* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4575 types, and offset types. */
4576 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4577 || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4578 || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4579 && TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4580 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4581
4582 /* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types. */
4583 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4584 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4585 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4586
4587 /* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4588 explicit value. Don't allow sign-extension to a type larger
4589 than word and pointer, there aren't relocations that would
4590 allow to sign extend it to a wider type. */
4591 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4592 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4593 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type)
4594 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)
4595 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= BITS_PER_WORD
4596 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= POINTER_SIZE))
4597 {
4598 tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4599 if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4600 return null_pointer_node;
4601 break;
4602 }
4603
4604 /* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer. */
4605 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4606 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4607 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4608
4609 /* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4610 conversions from 0. */
4611 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4612 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4613 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4614 {
4615 if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4616 && TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4617 return null_pointer_node;
4618 if (integer_zerop (src))
4619 return null_pointer_node;
4620 else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4621 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4622 }
4623
4624 /* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4625 inside is okay. */
4626 if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4627 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4628 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4629 }
4630 break;
4631
4632 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4633 case PLUS_EXPR:
4634 /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4635 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants. */
4636 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4637 return NULL_TREE;
4638 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4639 return cache[1];
4640 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4641 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4642 {
4643 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4644 tree valid0
4645 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4646 endtype, ncache);
4647 tree valid1
4648 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4649 endtype, ncache + 2);
4650 /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation. */
4651 if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4652 ret = valid1;
4653 else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4654 ret = valid0;
4655 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4656 else
4657 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4658 ncache);
4659 }
4660 else
4661 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4662 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4663 if (cache)
4664 {
4665 cache[0] = value;
4666 cache[1] = ret;
4667 }
4668 return ret;
4669
4670 case POINTER_DIFF_EXPR:
4671 case MINUS_EXPR:
4672 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4673 return NULL_TREE;
4674 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4675 return cache[1];
4676 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4677 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4678 {
4679 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4680 tree valid0
4681 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4682 endtype, ncache);
4683 tree valid1
4684 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4685 endtype, ncache + 2);
4686 /* Win if second argument is absolute. */
4687 if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4688 ret = valid0;
4689 /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4690 Then the value is absolute. */
4691 else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4692 ret = null_pointer_node;
4693 /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4694 generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4695 constant string is absolute. */
4696 else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4697 && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4698 && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4699 ret = null_pointer_node;
4700 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4701 else
4702 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4703 ncache);
4704 }
4705 else
4706 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4707 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4708 if (cache)
4709 {
4710 cache[0] = value;
4711 cache[1] = ret;
4712 }
4713 return ret;
4714
4715 default:
4716 break;
4717 }
4718
4719 return NULL_TREE;
4720 }
4721
4722 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4723 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4724 element of a "constant" initializer.
4725
4726 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4727 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4728 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4729 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4730 arithmetic-combinations of integers. */
4731 tree
4732 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4733 {
4734 tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4735
4736 /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order. */
4737 if (reloc
4738 && reloc != null_pointer_node
4739 && reverse
4740 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4741 && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4742 reloc = NULL_TREE;
4743
4744 return reloc;
4745 }
4746 \f
4747 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4748 for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4749 an element of a "constant" initializer. */
4750
4751 bool
4752 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4753 {
4754 /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4755 of such. */
4756 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4757 {
4758 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4759 {
4760 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4761 tree elt;
4762
4763 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4764 if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4765 return false;
4766 return true;
4767 }
4768
4769 case INTEGER_CST:
4770 case REAL_CST:
4771 return true;
4772
4773 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4774 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4775 return
4776 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4777
4778 default:
4779 break;
4780 }
4781
4782 return false;
4783 }
4784
4785 /* Check if a STRING_CST fits into the field.
4786 Tolerate only the case when the NUL termination
4787 does not fit into the field. */
4788
4789 static bool
4790 check_string_literal (tree string, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
4791 {
4792 tree type = TREE_TYPE (string);
4793 tree eltype = TREE_TYPE (type);
4794 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elts = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (eltype));
4795 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mem_size = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type));
4796 int len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string);
4797
4798 if (elts != 1 && elts != 2 && elts != 4)
4799 return false;
4800 if (len < 0 || len % elts != 0)
4801 return false;
4802 if (size < (unsigned)len)
4803 return false;
4804 if (mem_size != size)
4805 return false;
4806 return true;
4807 }
4808
4809 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4810 for nested aggregate bitfields. */
4811
4812 struct oc_outer_state {
4813 unsigned int bit_offset; /* current position in ... */
4814 int byte; /* ... the outer byte buffer. */
4815 };
4816
4817 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4818 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4819 oc_outer_state *);
4820
4821 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4822 This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4823 Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4824
4825 Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4826 with zeros if necessary. SIZE must always be specified. The returned
4827 value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4828 may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4829
4830 SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4831 since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4832 It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4833 since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4834 It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4835 type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4836
4837 There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4838 for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4839 But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4840
4841 ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4842
4843 If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order. */
4844
4845 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4846 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4847 bool reverse, bool merge_strings)
4848 {
4849 enum tree_code code;
4850 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4851 rtx cst;
4852
4853 if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4854 return size;
4855
4856 /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4857 to the address of some declaration somewhere. If the target says
4858 the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4859 resolving it. */
4860 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4861 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4862 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4863 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4864 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4865 {
4866 tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4867
4868 /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4869 pointer modes. */
4870 while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4871 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4872 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4873 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4874 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4875 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4876
4877 /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4878 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4879 way. */
4880 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4881 exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4882 /* Likewise for constant ints. */
4883 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4884 exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4885
4886 }
4887
4888 /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4889 constant. */
4890 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4891 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4892 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4893 {
4894 HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4895 HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4896
4897 /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4898 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4899 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions. */
4900 if (type_size > op_size
4901 && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4902 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4903 /* Keep the conversion. */
4904 break;
4905 else
4906 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4907 }
4908
4909 code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4910 thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4911
4912 /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4913 This means to fill the space with zeros. */
4914 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4915 && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4916 {
4917 assemble_zeros (size);
4918 return size;
4919 }
4920
4921 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4922 {
4923 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4924 HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4925 tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4926 ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4927 #else
4928 gcc_unreachable ();
4929 #endif
4930 return size;
4931 }
4932
4933 /* Now output the underlying data. If we've handling the padding, return.
4934 Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written. */
4935 switch (code)
4936 {
4937 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4938 case INTEGER_TYPE:
4939 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4940 case POINTER_TYPE:
4941 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4942 case OFFSET_TYPE:
4943 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4944 case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4945 cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4946 if (reverse)
4947 cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4948 if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4949 error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4950 break;
4951
4952 case REAL_TYPE:
4953 if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
4954 error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
4955 else
4956 assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp),
4957 SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4958 align, reverse);
4959 break;
4960
4961 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
4962 output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align,
4963 reverse, false);
4964 output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
4965 min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
4966 reverse, false);
4967 break;
4968
4969 case ARRAY_TYPE:
4970 case VECTOR_TYPE:
4971 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4972 {
4973 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4974 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
4975 case STRING_CST:
4976 thissize = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
4977 if (merge_strings
4978 && (thissize == 0
4979 || TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp) [thissize - 1] != '\0'))
4980 thissize++;
4981 gcc_checking_assert (check_string_literal (exp, size));
4982 assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
4983 break;
4984 case VECTOR_CST:
4985 {
4986 scalar_mode inner = SCALAR_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
4987 unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
4988 int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
4989 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
4990 reverse, false);
4991 thissize = elt_size;
4992 /* Static constants must have a fixed size. */
4993 unsigned int nunits = VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp).to_constant ();
4994 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < nunits; i++)
4995 {
4996 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
4997 reverse, false);
4998 thissize += elt_size;
4999 }
5000 break;
5001 }
5002 default:
5003 gcc_unreachable ();
5004 }
5005 break;
5006
5007 case RECORD_TYPE:
5008 case UNION_TYPE:
5009 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
5010 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5011
5012 case ERROR_MARK:
5013 return 0;
5014
5015 default:
5016 gcc_unreachable ();
5017 }
5018
5019 if (size > thissize)
5020 assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
5021
5022 return size;
5023 }
5024 \f
5025 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
5026 arrays of unspecified length. VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
5027 type with an unspecified upper bound. */
5028
5029 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5030 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
5031 {
5032 tree max_index;
5033 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5034 tree index, value, tmp;
5035 offset_int i;
5036
5037 /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
5038 arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
5039 doing it here. */
5040 if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
5041 return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
5042
5043 max_index = NULL_TREE;
5044 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
5045 {
5046 if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5047 index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
5048 if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
5049 max_index = index;
5050 }
5051
5052 if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
5053 return 0;
5054
5055 /* Compute the total number of array elements. */
5056 tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
5057 i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
5058
5059 /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes. */
5060 i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
5061
5062 gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
5063 return i.to_uhwi ();
5064 }
5065
5066 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor. */
5067
5068 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers. */
5069
5070 struct oc_local_state {
5071
5072 /* Received arguments. */
5073 tree exp; /* Constructor expression. */
5074 tree type; /* Type of constructor expression. */
5075 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size; /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary. */
5076 unsigned int align; /* Known initial alignment. */
5077 tree min_index; /* Lower bound if specified for an array. */
5078
5079 /* Output processing state. */
5080 HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes; /* # bytes output so far / current position. */
5081 int byte; /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output. */
5082 int last_relative_index; /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
5083 array element output within a bitfield. */
5084 bool byte_buffer_in_use; /* Whether BYTE is in use. */
5085 bool reverse; /* Whether reverse storage order is in use. */
5086
5087 /* Current element. */
5088 tree field; /* Current field decl in a record. */
5089 tree val; /* Current element value. */
5090 tree index; /* Current element index. */
5091
5092 };
5093
5094 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5095 RANGE_EXPR element. */
5096
5097 static void
5098 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
5099 {
5100 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
5101 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5102
5103 HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
5104 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
5105 HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
5106 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
5107 HOST_WIDE_INT index;
5108
5109 unsigned int align2
5110 = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
5111
5112 for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
5113 {
5114 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5115 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5116 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5117 else
5118 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5119 local->reverse, false);
5120
5121 /* Count its size. */
5122 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5123 }
5124 }
5125
5126 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5127 field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
5128
5129 static void
5130 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
5131 {
5132 /* Field size and position. Since this structure is static, we know the
5133 positions are constant. */
5134 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
5135 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
5136
5137 unsigned int align2;
5138
5139 /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element. */
5140 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5141 {
5142 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5143 local->total_bytes++;
5144 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5145 }
5146
5147 if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
5148 {
5149 /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
5150 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
5151 but we are using an unsigned sizetype. */
5152 unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
5153 offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
5154 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
5155 fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
5156 .to_short_addr ();
5157 }
5158 else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
5159 fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
5160 else
5161 fieldpos = 0;
5162
5163 /* Advance to offset of this element.
5164 Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
5165 if each element has the proper size. */
5166 if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
5167 {
5168 if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
5169 {
5170 assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
5171 local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
5172 }
5173 else
5174 /* Must not go backwards. */
5175 gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
5176 }
5177
5178 /* Find the alignment of this element. */
5179 align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
5180
5181 /* Determine size this element should occupy. */
5182 if (local->field)
5183 {
5184 fieldsize = 0;
5185
5186 /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
5187 the initializer determines the size. */
5188 /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
5189 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
5190 initializing zero-length array members is removed. */
5191 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5192 && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
5193 || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
5194 {
5195 fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
5196 /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
5197 be last. Given a flexible array member, the next field
5198 on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct. */
5199 const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
5200 gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
5201 tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val));
5202 gcc_checking_assert (compare_tree_int (size, fieldsize) == 0);
5203 }
5204 else
5205 fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5206 }
5207 else
5208 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5209
5210 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5211 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5212 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5213 else
5214 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5215 local->reverse, false);
5216
5217 /* Count its size. */
5218 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5219 }
5220
5221 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the LOCAL state, output an element
5222 that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one. BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5223 from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer. */
5224
5225 static void
5226 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5227 {
5228 /* Bit size of this element. */
5229 HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5230 = (local->field
5231 ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5232 : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5233
5234 /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component. */
5235 HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5236 = (!local->field
5237 ? (local->index
5238 ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5239 - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5240 : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5241 : 0);
5242
5243 /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5244 constructor. */
5245 HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5246 = (local->field
5247 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5248 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5249
5250 /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5251 outer byte buffer. */
5252 HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5253 = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5254
5255 /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5256 the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5257 this element. */
5258 HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5259 HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5260
5261 local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5262
5263 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5264 local->val = integer_zero_node;
5265
5266 while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5267 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5268 local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5269
5270 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5271 && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5272 {
5273 error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5274 return;
5275 }
5276
5277 /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes. */
5278 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5279 {
5280 /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes. */
5281 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5282 {
5283 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5284 local->total_bytes++;
5285 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5286 }
5287
5288 /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there. */
5289 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5290 {
5291 gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5292 assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5293 local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5294 }
5295 }
5296
5297 /* Set up the buffer if necessary. */
5298 if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5299 {
5300 local->byte = 0;
5301 if (ebitsize > 0)
5302 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5303 }
5304
5305 /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5306 pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards. */
5307 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5308 {
5309 oc_outer_state temp_state;
5310 temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5311 temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5312 local->total_bytes
5313 += output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5314 local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5315 return;
5316 }
5317
5318 /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5319 separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5320 bit-fields. */
5321 while (next_offset < end_offset)
5322 {
5323 int this_time;
5324 int shift;
5325 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5326 HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5327 HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5328
5329 /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary. */
5330 while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5331 {
5332 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5333 local->total_bytes++;
5334 local->byte = 0;
5335 }
5336
5337 /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte). */
5338 this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5339 if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5340 {
5341 /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5342 bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5343 the most significant end. */
5344 shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5345
5346 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5347 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5348 only select bits from one element. */
5349 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5350 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5351 {
5352 const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5353 shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5354 this_time = end - shift + 1;
5355 }
5356
5357 /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
5358 value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5359 shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5360
5361 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5362 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5363 local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5364 & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5365 << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit));
5366 }
5367 else
5368 {
5369 /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5370 the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5371 bits of the bytes. */
5372 shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5373
5374 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5375 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5376 only select bits from one element. */
5377 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5378 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5379 this_time
5380 = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5381
5382 /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
5383 value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5384 shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5385
5386 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5387 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5388 local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5389 & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5390 << next_bit);
5391 }
5392
5393 next_offset += this_time;
5394 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5395 }
5396 }
5397
5398 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5399 Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary. OUTER designates the
5400 caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations. */
5401
5402 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5403 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5404 bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5405 {
5406 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5407 constructor_elt *ce;
5408 oc_local_state local;
5409
5410 /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers. */
5411 local.exp = exp;
5412 local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5413 local.size = size;
5414 local.align = align;
5415 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5416 local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5417 else
5418 local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5419
5420 local.total_bytes = 0;
5421 local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5422 local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5423 local.last_relative_index = -1;
5424 /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type. */
5425 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5426 local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5427 else
5428 local.reverse = reverse;
5429
5430 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5431
5432 /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5433 structure fields if the constant is a structure. If the constant is a
5434 union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5435 But the constant could also be an array. Then FIELD is zero.
5436
5437 There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5438 (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5439 more one). */
5440
5441 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5442 local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5443 else
5444 local.field = NULL_TREE;
5445
5446 for (cnt = 0;
5447 vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5448 cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5449 {
5450 local.val = ce->value;
5451 local.index = NULL_TREE;
5452
5453 /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5454 or index. */
5455 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5456 local.field = ce->index;
5457
5458 else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5459 local.index = ce->index;
5460
5461 if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5462 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5463 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5464 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5465 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5466 : "<anonymous>");
5467
5468 /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue. */
5469 if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5470 STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5471
5472 /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ... */
5473
5474 /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield. */
5475 if (!outer
5476 && local.index != NULL_TREE
5477 && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5478 output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5479
5480 /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5481 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long. */
5482 else if (!outer
5483 && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5484 || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5485 output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5486
5487 /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one. Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5488 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first. */
5489 else
5490 {
5491 if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5492 local.val
5493 = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5494 build_nonstandard_integer_type
5495 (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5496 local.val);
5497 output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5498 }
5499 }
5500
5501 /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5502 Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5503 if (outer)
5504 outer->byte = local.byte;
5505 else
5506 {
5507 if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5508 {
5509 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5510 local.total_bytes++;
5511 }
5512
5513 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5514 {
5515 assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5516 local.total_bytes = local.size;
5517 }
5518 }
5519
5520 return local.total_bytes;
5521 }
5522
5523 /* Mark DECL as weak. */
5524
5525 static void
5526 mark_weak (tree decl)
5527 {
5528 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5529 return;
5530
5531 struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5532 if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5533 error ("%+qD declared weak after being used", decl);
5534 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5535
5536 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5537 && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5538 && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5539 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5540 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5541 }
5542
5543 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL. */
5544
5545 void
5546 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5547 {
5548 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5549 {
5550 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5551 {
5552 tree *pwd;
5553 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5554 and OLDDECL as well. Keep just OLDDECL on the list. */
5555 for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5556 if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5557 {
5558 *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5559 break;
5560 }
5561 }
5562 return;
5563 }
5564
5565 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5566 {
5567 tree wd;
5568
5569 /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not. */
5570
5571 /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5572 go back and make it weak. This should never happen in
5573 unit-at-a-time compilation. */
5574 gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5575
5576 /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5577 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5578 a weak symbol. Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5579 impossible. */
5580 gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5581 || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5582
5583 /* PR 49899: You cannot convert a static function into a weak, public function. */
5584 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (olddecl) && TREE_PUBLIC (newdecl))
5585 error ("weak declaration of %q+D being applied to a already "
5586 "existing, static definition", newdecl);
5587
5588 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5589 {
5590 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5591 Replace it with the OLDDECL. */
5592 for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5593 if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5594 {
5595 TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5596 break;
5597 }
5598 /* We may not find the entry on the list. If NEWDECL is a
5599 weak alias, then we will have already called
5600 globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5601 not need to do anything. */
5602 }
5603
5604 /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping. */
5605 mark_weak (olddecl);
5606 }
5607 else
5608 /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5609 weak. Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too. */
5610 mark_weak (newdecl);
5611 }
5612
5613 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol. */
5614
5615 void
5616 declare_weak (tree decl)
5617 {
5618 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5619 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5620 {
5621 error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5622 return;
5623 }
5624 else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5625 warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5626
5627 mark_weak (decl);
5628 if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5629 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5630 = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5631 }
5632
5633 static void
5634 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5635 {
5636 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5637 const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5638 #endif
5639
5640 if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5641 return;
5642
5643 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5644 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5645 #else
5646 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5647 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5648 #else
5649 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5650 {
5651 static bool warn_once = 0;
5652 if (! warn_once)
5653 {
5654 warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5655 warn_once = 1;
5656 }
5657 return;
5658 }
5659 #endif
5660 #endif
5661 #endif
5662 }
5663
5664 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with. */
5665 static tree
5666 find_decl (tree target)
5667 {
5668 symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5669 if (node)
5670 return node->decl;
5671 return NULL_TREE;
5672 }
5673
5674 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets. */
5675
5676 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5677
5678 /* Emit any pending weak declarations. */
5679
5680 void
5681 weak_finish (void)
5682 {
5683 tree t;
5684
5685 for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5686 {
5687 tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5688 tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5689
5690 if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl))
5691 || TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5692 /* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5693 the target alone. */
5694 target = NULL_TREE;
5695 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5696 else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5697 {
5698 /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5699 defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5700 different macros. */
5701 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5702 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5703 # else
5704 tree decl = find_decl (target);
5705
5706 if (! decl)
5707 {
5708 decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5709 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5710 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5711
5712 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5713 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5714 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5715 TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5716 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5717 }
5718
5719 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5720 # endif
5721 }
5722 #endif
5723
5724 {
5725 tree *p;
5726 tree t2;
5727
5728 /* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5729 so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5730 nor multiple .weak directives for the latter. */
5731 for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5732 {
5733 if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5734 || target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5735 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5736 else
5737 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5738 }
5739
5740 /* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up. */
5741 for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5742 {
5743 if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5744 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5745 else
5746 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5747 }
5748 }
5749 }
5750
5751 for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5752 {
5753 tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5754
5755 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5756 }
5757 }
5758
5759 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible. */
5760
5761 static void
5762 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5763 {
5764
5765 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5766 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5767 {
5768 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5769 tree *p, t;
5770
5771 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5772 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5773 #else
5774 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5775 #endif
5776
5777 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5778 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5779 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5780 {
5781 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5782 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5783 else
5784 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5785 }
5786
5787 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5788 list, for the same reason. */
5789 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5790 {
5791 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5792 == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5793 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5794 else
5795 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5796 }
5797
5798 return;
5799 }
5800 #endif
5801
5802 targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5803 }
5804
5805 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5806
5807 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5808 or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS. The function defines the symbol whose
5809 tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET. */
5810
5811 void
5812 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5813 {
5814 tree id;
5815
5816 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var. */
5817 gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5818 && VAR_P (decl)
5819 && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5820
5821 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5822 return;
5823
5824 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5825 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5826 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5827
5828 /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5829 we don't use it here. */
5830 make_decl_rtl (decl);
5831
5832 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5833 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5834 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5835
5836 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5837 {
5838 if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5839 weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5840
5841 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5842 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5843 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5844 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5845 #else
5846 if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5847 {
5848 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5849 "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5850 return;
5851 }
5852 #endif
5853 return;
5854 }
5855
5856 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5857 tree orig_decl = decl;
5858
5859 /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
5860
5861 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5862 {
5863 globalize_decl (decl);
5864 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5865 }
5866 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5867 && cgraph_node::get (decl)->ifunc_resolver)
5868 {
5869 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5870 if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5871 ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5872 (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5873 IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5874 else
5875 #endif
5876 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5877 "ifunc is not supported on this target");
5878 }
5879
5880 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5881 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5882 # else
5883 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5884 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5885 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5886 # endif
5887 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5888 {
5889 const char *name;
5890 tree *p, t;
5891
5892 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5893 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5894 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5895 # else
5896 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5897 # endif
5898 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5899 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5900 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5901 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5902 || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5903 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5904 else
5905 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5906
5907 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5908 list, for the same reason. */
5909 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5910 {
5911 if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5912 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5913 else
5914 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5915 }
5916 }
5917 #endif
5918 }
5919
5920 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5921 the symbol for TARGET. */
5922
5923 void
5924 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5925 {
5926 tree target_decl;
5927
5928 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5929 {
5930 tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5931
5932 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5933
5934 if (alias == target)
5935 error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
5936 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5937 error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
5938 }
5939 else
5940 {
5941 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5942 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5943 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5944 "alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5945 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5946 return;
5947 # else
5948 if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5949 {
5950 /* NB: ifunc_resolver isn't set when an error is detected. */
5951 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5952 && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5953 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5954 "ifunc is not supported in this configuration");
5955 else
5956 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5957 "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5958 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5959 return;
5960 }
5961 # endif
5962 #endif
5963 }
5964 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5965
5966 /* Allow aliases to aliases. */
5967 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
5968 cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5969 else
5970 varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5971
5972 /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
5973 alias. This saves a tad of memory. */
5974 if (symtab->global_info_ready)
5975 target_decl = find_decl (target);
5976 else
5977 target_decl= NULL;
5978 if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
5979 || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
5980 do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
5981 else
5982 {
5983 alias_pair p = {decl, target};
5984 vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
5985 }
5986 }
5987
5988 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
5989 to its transaction aware clone. Note that tm_pure functions are
5990 considered to be their own clone. */
5991
5992 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
5993 {
5994 static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
5995 static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
5996
5997 static int
5998 keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
5999 {
6000 return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
6001 }
6002 };
6003
6004 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
6005
6006 void
6007 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
6008 {
6009 struct tree_map **slot, *h;
6010
6011 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6012 tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
6013
6014 h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
6015 h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6016 h->base.from = o;
6017 h->to = n;
6018
6019 slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
6020 *slot = h;
6021 }
6022
6023 tree
6024 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
6025 {
6026 if (tm_clone_hash)
6027 {
6028 struct tree_map *h, in;
6029
6030 in.base.from = o;
6031 in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6032 h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
6033 if (h)
6034 return h->to;
6035 }
6036 return NULL_TREE;
6037 }
6038
6039 struct tm_alias_pair
6040 {
6041 unsigned int uid;
6042 tree from;
6043 tree to;
6044 };
6045
6046
6047 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section. */
6048
6049 static void
6050 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
6051 {
6052 unsigned i;
6053 tm_alias_pair *p;
6054 bool switched = false;
6055
6056 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
6057 {
6058 tree src = p->from;
6059 tree dst = p->to;
6060 struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
6061 struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
6062
6063 /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
6064 the original function was needed. But we also mark the clone as
6065 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
6066 TM_GETTMCLONE. If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
6067 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
6068 in the clone table. */
6069 if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
6070 continue;
6071
6072 /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
6073 function away, and only access the transactional clone. */
6074 if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
6075 continue;
6076
6077 if (!switched)
6078 {
6079 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
6080 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
6081 switched = true;
6082 }
6083
6084 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
6085 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6086 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
6087 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6088 }
6089 }
6090
6091 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section. */
6092
6093 section *
6094 default_clone_table_section (void)
6095 {
6096 return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
6097 }
6098
6099 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
6100 alias_pair->emitted_diags. */
6101
6102 static int
6103 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
6104 {
6105 const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
6106 const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
6107 if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
6108 return -1;
6109 if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
6110 return 1;
6111 return 0;
6112 }
6113
6114 void
6115 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
6116 {
6117 vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
6118
6119 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6120 return;
6121
6122 /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
6123 we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
6124 to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector. */
6125
6126 /* Dump the hashtable to a vector. */
6127 tree_map *map;
6128 hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
6129 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
6130 {
6131 tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
6132 tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
6133 }
6134 /* Sort it. */
6135 tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
6136
6137 /* Dump it. */
6138 dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
6139
6140 tm_clone_hash->empty ();
6141 tm_clone_hash = NULL;
6142 tm_alias_pairs.release ();
6143 }
6144
6145
6146 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
6147 the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT. */
6148
6149 void
6150 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6151 int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6152 {
6153 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
6154 static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
6155 NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
6156 };
6157
6158 const char *name, *type;
6159 tree id;
6160
6161 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6162 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6163 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6164
6165 type = visibility_types[vis];
6166
6167 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
6168 assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
6169 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
6170 #else
6171 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6172 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
6173 "in this configuration; ignored");
6174 #endif
6175 }
6176
6177 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl. */
6178
6179 int
6180 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
6181 {
6182 enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
6183 if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
6184 {
6185 targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
6186 return 1;
6187 }
6188 else
6189 return 0;
6190 }
6191
6192 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
6193 so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
6194 multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
6195 a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded. */
6196
6197 int
6198 supports_one_only (void)
6199 {
6200 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6201 return 1;
6202 return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6203 }
6204
6205 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6206 translation units without generating a linker error. */
6207
6208 void
6209 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6210 {
6211 struct symtab_node *symbol;
6212 gcc_assert (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl));
6213
6214 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6215
6216 if (VAR_P (decl))
6217 symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6218 else
6219 symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6220
6221 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6222 {
6223 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6224 MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6225 #endif
6226 symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6227 }
6228 else if (VAR_P (decl)
6229 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6230 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6231 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6232 else
6233 {
6234 gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6235 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6236 }
6237 }
6238
6239 void
6240 init_varasm_once (void)
6241 {
6242 section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6243 object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6244 const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6245
6246 shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6247
6248 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6249 text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6250 TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6251 #endif
6252
6253 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6254 data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6255 DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6256 #endif
6257
6258 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6259 sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6260 SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6261 #endif
6262
6263 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6264 readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6265 READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6266 #endif
6267
6268 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6269 ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6270 CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6271 #endif
6272
6273 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6274 dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6275 DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6276 #endif
6277
6278 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6279 bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6280 output_section_asm_op,
6281 BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6282 #endif
6283
6284 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6285 sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6286 output_section_asm_op,
6287 SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6288 #endif
6289
6290 tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6291 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6292 lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6293 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6294 comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6295 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6296
6297 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6298 bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6299 emit_bss);
6300 #endif
6301
6302 targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6303
6304 if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6305 readonly_data_section = text_section;
6306
6307 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6308 pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6309 #endif
6310 }
6311
6312 enum tls_model
6313 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6314 {
6315 enum tls_model kind;
6316 bool is_local;
6317
6318 is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6319 if (!flag_shlib)
6320 {
6321 if (is_local)
6322 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6323 else
6324 kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6325 }
6326
6327 /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6328 parts of the address. */
6329 else if (optimize && is_local)
6330 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6331 else
6332 kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6333 if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6334 kind = flag_tls_default;
6335
6336 return kind;
6337 }
6338
6339 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6340 of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6341 might contain runtime relocations.
6342
6343 We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6344 read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl. */
6345
6346 unsigned int
6347 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6348 {
6349 unsigned int flags;
6350
6351 if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6352 flags = SECTION_CODE;
6353 else if (decl)
6354 {
6355 enum section_category category
6356 = categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6357 if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6358 flags = 0;
6359 else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6360 || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6361 flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6362 else
6363 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6364 }
6365 else
6366 {
6367 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6368 if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6369 || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6370 flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6371 }
6372
6373 if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6374 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6375
6376 if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6377 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6378
6379 if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6380 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6381
6382 if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6383 || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6384 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6385 || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6386 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6387 || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6388 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6389 flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6390
6391 if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6392 || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6393 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6394 flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6395
6396 if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6397 || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6398 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6399 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6400
6401 /* Various sections have special ELF types that the assembler will
6402 assign by default based on the name. They are neither SHT_PROGBITS
6403 nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't want to print a
6404 section type (@progbits or @nobits). Rather than duplicating the
6405 assembler's knowledge of what those special name patterns are, just
6406 let the assembler choose the type if we don't know a specific
6407 reason to set it to something other than the default. SHT_PROGBITS
6408 is the default for sections whose name is not specially known to
6409 the assembler, so it does no harm to leave the choice to the
6410 assembler when @progbits is the best thing we know to use. If
6411 someone is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of
6412 these sections, then don't handle them specially.
6413
6414 default_elf_asm_named_section (below) handles the BSS, TLS, ENTSIZE, and
6415 LINKONCE cases when NOTYPE is not set, so leave those to its logic. */
6416 if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE))
6417 && !(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)))
6418 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6419
6420 return flags;
6421 }
6422
6423 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6424 either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6425 section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION. */
6426
6427 bool
6428 have_global_bss_p (void)
6429 {
6430 return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6431 }
6432
6433 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6434 Four variants for common object file formats. */
6435
6436 void
6437 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6438 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6439 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6440 {
6441 /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all. The
6442 front-end should already have flagged this as an error. */
6443 gcc_unreachable ();
6444 }
6445
6446 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6447 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6448 #endif
6449
6450 void
6451 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6452 tree decl)
6453 {
6454 char flagchars[11], *f = flagchars;
6455 unsigned int numeric_value = 0;
6456
6457 /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6458 abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6459 part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6460 declaration every time. */
6461 if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6462 && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6463 {
6464 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6465 return;
6466 }
6467
6468 /* If we have a machine specific flag, then use the numeric value to pass
6469 this on to GAS. */
6470 if (targetm.asm_out.elf_flags_numeric (flags, &numeric_value))
6471 snprintf (f, sizeof (flagchars), "0x%08x", numeric_value);
6472 else
6473 {
6474 if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6475 *f++ = 'a';
6476 #if HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE
6477 if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6478 *f++ = 'e';
6479 #endif
6480 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6481 *f++ = 'w';
6482 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6483 *f++ = 'x';
6484 if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6485 *f++ = 's';
6486 if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6487 *f++ = 'M';
6488 if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6489 *f++ = 'S';
6490 if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6491 *f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6492 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6493 *f++ = 'G';
6494 #ifdef MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6495 if (flags & SECTION_MACH_DEP)
6496 *f++ = MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6497 #endif
6498 *f = '\0';
6499 }
6500
6501 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6502
6503 /* default_section_type_flags (above) knows which flags need special
6504 handling here, and sets NOTYPE when none of these apply so that the
6505 assembler's logic for default types can apply to user-chosen
6506 section names. */
6507 if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6508 {
6509 const char *type;
6510 const char *format;
6511
6512 if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6513 type = "nobits";
6514 else
6515 type = "progbits";
6516
6517 format = ",@%s";
6518 /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6519 use "%" instead. */
6520 if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6521 format = ",%%%s";
6522 fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6523
6524 if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6525 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6526 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6527 {
6528 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6529 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6530 else
6531 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6532 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6533 }
6534 }
6535
6536 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6537 }
6538
6539 void
6540 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6541 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6542 {
6543 char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6544
6545 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6546 *f++ = 'w';
6547 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6548 *f++ = 'x';
6549 *f = '\0';
6550
6551 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6552 }
6553
6554 void
6555 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6556 tree decl)
6557 {
6558 default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6559
6560 if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6561 {
6562 /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6563 optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6564 Instead, have the linker pick one. */
6565 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6566 (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6567 }
6568 }
6569 \f
6570 /* The lame default section selector. */
6571
6572 section *
6573 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6574 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6575 {
6576 if (DECL_P (decl))
6577 {
6578 if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6579 return readonly_data_section;
6580 }
6581 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6582 {
6583 if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6584 || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6585 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6586 || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6587 return readonly_data_section;
6588 }
6589 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6590 return readonly_data_section;
6591 else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6592 return readonly_data_section;
6593
6594 return data_section;
6595 }
6596
6597 enum section_category
6598 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6599 {
6600 enum section_category ret;
6601
6602 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6603 return SECCAT_TEXT;
6604 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6605 {
6606 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6607 && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6608 /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6609 return SECCAT_RODATA;
6610 else
6611 return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6612 }
6613 else if (VAR_P (decl))
6614 {
6615 tree d = CONST_CAST_TREE (decl);
6616 if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6617 ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6618 else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6619 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6620 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6621 && ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6622 {
6623 /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6624 be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6625 do something. If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6626 minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker. */
6627 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6628 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6629 else
6630 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6631 }
6632 else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6633 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6634 else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6635 || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6636 /* PR 81697: for architectures that use section anchors we
6637 need to ignore DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) for string constants
6638 inside this asan_protect_global call because otherwise
6639 we'll wrongly put them into SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST
6640 section, set DECL_RTL (decl) later on and add DECL to
6641 protected globals via successive asan_protect_global
6642 calls. In this scenario we'll end up with wrong
6643 alignment of these strings at runtime and possible ASan
6644 false positives. */
6645 && asan_protect_global (d, use_object_blocks_p ()
6646 && use_blocks_for_decl_p (d))))
6647 /* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6648 location. -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6649 expense of not conforming). */
6650 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6651 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6652 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6653 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6654 else
6655 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6656 }
6657 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6658 {
6659 if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6660 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6661 || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6662 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6663 else
6664 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6665 }
6666 else
6667 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6668
6669 /* There are no read-only thread-local sections. */
6670 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6671 {
6672 /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6673 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section. */
6674 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6675 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
6676 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6677 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6678 ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6679 else
6680 ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6681 }
6682
6683 /* If the target uses small data sections, select it. */
6684 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6685 {
6686 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6687 ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6688 else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6689 ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6690 else
6691 ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6692 }
6693
6694 return ret;
6695 }
6696
6697 static bool
6698 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6699 {
6700 switch (category)
6701 {
6702 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6703 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6704 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6705 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6706 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6707 return true;
6708 default:
6709 return false;
6710 }
6711 }
6712
6713 bool
6714 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6715 {
6716 return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6717 }
6718
6719 /* Select a section based on the above categorization. */
6720
6721 section *
6722 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6723 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6724 {
6725 const char *sname;
6726 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6727 {
6728 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6729 /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs. */
6730 gcc_unreachable ();
6731 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6732 return readonly_data_section;
6733 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6734 return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6735 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6736 return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6737 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6738 return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6739 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6740 sname = ".sdata2";
6741 break;
6742 case SECCAT_DATA:
6743 return data_section;
6744 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6745 sname = ".data.rel";
6746 break;
6747 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6748 sname = ".data.rel.local";
6749 break;
6750 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6751 sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6752 break;
6753 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6754 sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6755 break;
6756 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6757 sname = ".sdata";
6758 break;
6759 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6760 sname = ".tdata";
6761 break;
6762 case SECCAT_BSS:
6763 if (bss_section)
6764 return bss_section;
6765 sname = ".bss";
6766 break;
6767 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6768 sname = ".sbss";
6769 break;
6770 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6771 sname = ".tbss";
6772 break;
6773 default:
6774 gcc_unreachable ();
6775 }
6776
6777 return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6778 }
6779
6780 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6781 categorization performed above. */
6782
6783 void
6784 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6785 {
6786 /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups. */
6787 bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6788 const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6789 char *string;
6790 tree id;
6791
6792 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6793 {
6794 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6795 prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6796 break;
6797 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6798 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6799 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6800 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6801 prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6802 break;
6803 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6804 prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6805 break;
6806 case SECCAT_DATA:
6807 prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6808 break;
6809 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6810 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6811 break;
6812 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6813 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6814 break;
6815 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6816 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6817 break;
6818 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6819 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6820 break;
6821 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6822 prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6823 break;
6824 case SECCAT_BSS:
6825 prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6826 break;
6827 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6828 prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6829 break;
6830 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6831 prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6832 break;
6833 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6834 prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6835 break;
6836 default:
6837 gcc_unreachable ();
6838 }
6839
6840 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6841 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6842 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6843 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6844
6845 /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6846 prefix to the section name. */
6847 linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6848
6849 string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6850
6851 set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6852 }
6853
6854 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes. */
6855
6856 static int
6857 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6858 {
6859 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6860 {
6861 case SYMBOL_REF:
6862 return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6863 case LABEL_REF:
6864 return 1;
6865 default:
6866 return 0;
6867 }
6868 }
6869
6870 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX. The return value
6871 is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6872 indicates a local relocation. */
6873
6874 static int
6875 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6876 {
6877 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6878 {
6879 case SYMBOL_REF:
6880 case LABEL_REF:
6881 return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6882
6883 case CONST:
6884 {
6885 int reloc = 0;
6886 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6887 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6888 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6889 return reloc;
6890 }
6891
6892 default:
6893 return 0;
6894 }
6895 }
6896
6897 section *
6898 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6899 rtx x,
6900 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6901 {
6902 if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6903 return data_section;
6904 else
6905 return readonly_data_section;
6906 }
6907
6908 section *
6909 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6910 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6911 {
6912 int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6913
6914 /* ??? Handle small data here somehow. */
6915
6916 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6917 {
6918 if (reloc == 1)
6919 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6920 else
6921 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6922 }
6923
6924 return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6925 }
6926
6927 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP. */
6928
6929 void
6930 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6931 {
6932 rtx symbol;
6933 int flags;
6934
6935 /* Careful not to prod global register variables. */
6936 if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6937 return;
6938 symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6939 if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6940 return;
6941
6942 flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6943 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6944 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6945 if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6946 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
6947 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6948 flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
6949 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6950 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
6951 /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names? Without
6952 being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
6953 Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well. */
6954 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6955 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
6956
6957 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
6958 }
6959
6960 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
6961 do anything but discard the '*' marker. */
6962
6963 const char *
6964 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
6965 {
6966 return str + (*str == '*');
6967 }
6968
6969 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
6970 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR. Define the
6971 anchor relative to ".", the current section position. */
6972
6973 void
6974 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
6975 {
6976 char buffer[100];
6977
6978 sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
6979 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
6980 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
6981 }
6982 #endif
6983
6984 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P. */
6985
6986 bool
6987 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
6988 {
6989 section *sect;
6990 tree decl;
6991
6992 /* Don't use anchors for mergeable sections. The linker might move
6993 the objects around. */
6994 sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
6995 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6996 return false;
6997
6998 /* Don't use anchors for small data sections. The small data register
6999 acts as an anchor for such sections. */
7000 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
7001 return false;
7002
7003 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7004 if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
7005 {
7006 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
7007 usurped by other modules. */
7008 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
7009 return false;
7010
7011 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
7012 small data section. */
7013 /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
7014 one above. The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
7015 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive. */
7016 if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
7017 return false;
7018
7019 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that won't fit inside a single
7020 anchor range to reduce the amount of instructions required to refer
7021 to the entire declaration. */
7022 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL_TREE
7023 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7024 || (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7025 >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset))
7026 return false;
7027
7028 }
7029 return true;
7030 }
7031
7032 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
7033 definition provided by current .o file. */
7034
7035 static bool
7036 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7037 {
7038 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7039 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7040 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
7041 }
7042
7043 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
7044 within current executable or DSO. */
7045
7046 static bool
7047 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7048 {
7049 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7050 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
7051 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7052 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
7053 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
7054 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
7055 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
7056 }
7057
7058 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
7059 uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
7060 (through COPY relocation) in the executable. */
7061
7062 bool
7063 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
7064 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
7065 {
7066 /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool. */
7067 if (!DECL_P (exp))
7068 return true;
7069
7070 /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
7071 static and therefore local. Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
7072 might resolve to a non-local function.
7073 FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
7074 weakref alias. */
7075 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
7076 || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7077 && cgraph_node::get (exp)
7078 && cgraph_node::get (exp)->ifunc_resolver))
7079 return false;
7080
7081 /* Static variables are always local. */
7082 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
7083 return true;
7084
7085 /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
7086 We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
7087 because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
7088 in shared libraries. */
7089 bool resolved_locally = false;
7090
7091 bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
7092 && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
7093 || (!in_lto_p
7094 && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
7095
7096 /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
7097 uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true. */
7098 bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
7099 && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
7100 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
7101 {
7102 if (node->in_other_partition)
7103 defined_locally = true;
7104 if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7105 ;
7106 else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
7107 defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
7108 else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
7109 resolved_locally = true;
7110 }
7111 if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
7112 resolved_locally = true;
7113
7114 /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally. */
7115 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
7116 return false;
7117
7118 /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
7119 or if we have a definition for the symbol. We cannot infer visibility
7120 for undefined symbols. */
7121 if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
7122 && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7123 || !extern_protected_data
7124 || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
7125 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
7126 return true;
7127
7128 /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
7129 symbols resolved from other modules. */
7130 if (shlib)
7131 return false;
7132
7133 /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local. */
7134 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7135 return false;
7136
7137 /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally. */
7138 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7139 return false;
7140
7141 /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
7142 resolved from other modules. */
7143 if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
7144 return false;
7145
7146 /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
7147 which is of necessity defined locally. */
7148 return true;
7149 }
7150
7151 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
7152 wrt cross-module name binding. */
7153
7154 bool
7155 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
7156 {
7157 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
7161 extern protected data is non-local. */
7162
7163 bool
7164 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
7165 {
7166 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
7167 !flag_pic);
7168 }
7169
7170 bool
7171 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
7172 {
7173 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
7174 }
7175
7176 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
7177 final executable.
7178
7179 The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
7180 current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
7181 We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
7182 the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
7183 decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p. In particular
7184 the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
7185 definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
7186 we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin. */
7187 bool
7188 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
7189 {
7190 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7191 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7192 return false;
7193 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7194 return true;
7195
7196 /* When resolution is available, just use it. */
7197 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
7198 {
7199 if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
7200 && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7201 return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
7202 }
7203
7204 /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
7205 binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
7206 with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
7207 DECL_EXTERNAL.
7208 This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
7209 for all other declaration types. */
7210 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
7211 return false;
7212 if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
7213 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
7214 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
7215 return false;
7216 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
7217 return false;
7218 return true;
7219 }
7220
7221 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
7222 at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
7223 replacement has the same type. For example, functions declared
7224 with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
7225
7226 COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
7227 function must be equivalent. It is important that COMDAT functions
7228 not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
7229 instantiations is not penalized. */
7230
7231 bool
7232 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
7233 {
7234 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7235 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
7236 return false;
7237 if (!flag_semantic_interposition
7238 && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
7239 return false;
7240 return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
7241 }
7242
7243 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label. A
7244 target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
7245 globalize a label. */
7246 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
7247 void
7248 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
7249 {
7250 fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7251 assemble_name (stream, name);
7252 putc ('\n', stream);
7253 }
7254 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7255
7256 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration. */
7257 void
7258 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7259 {
7260 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7261 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7262 }
7263
7264 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information. The
7265 default is to do nothing. A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7266 unwind information must provide its own function to do this. */
7267 void
7268 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7269 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7270 int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7271 int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7272 {
7273 }
7274
7275 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7276 The default is to do nothing. A target that needs/wants to divide
7277 up the table must provide it's own function to do this. */
7278 void
7279 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7280 {
7281 }
7282
7283 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7284 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7285
7286 void
7287 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7288 unsigned long labelno)
7289 {
7290 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7291 }
7292
7293 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7294 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7295
7296 void
7297 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7298 unsigned long labelno)
7299 {
7300 char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7301 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7302 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7303 }
7304
7305
7306 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME. */
7307
7308 void
7309 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7310 const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7311 HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7312 {
7313 assemble_label (file, name);
7314 }
7315
7316 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file. It's
7317 controlled by two other target-hook toggles. */
7318 void
7319 default_file_start (void)
7320 {
7321 if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7322 && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7323 fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7324
7325 if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7326 {
7327 /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename. */
7328 if (in_lto_p)
7329 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7330 else
7331 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7332 }
7333 }
7334
7335 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7336 which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7337 not this object file needs an executable stack. This is primarily
7338 a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets. */
7339
7340 int trampolines_created;
7341
7342 void
7343 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7344 {
7345 unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7346 if (trampolines_created)
7347 flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7348
7349 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7350 }
7351
7352 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7353 was compiled with -fsplit-stack. This is used to let the linker
7354 detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7355 that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7356 large stack. We emit another special section if there are any
7357 functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7358 prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7359 functions if they call non-split-stack code. */
7360
7361 void
7362 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7363 {
7364 if (flag_split_stack)
7365 {
7366 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7367 NULL));
7368 if (saw_no_split_stack)
7369 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7370 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7371 }
7372 }
7373
7374 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline. This is used as
7375 a get_unnamed_section callback. */
7376
7377 void
7378 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7379 {
7380 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7381 }
7382
7383 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION. Do nothing if
7384 the current section is NEW_SECTION. */
7385
7386 void
7387 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7388 {
7389 if (in_section == new_section)
7390 return;
7391
7392 if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7393 in_section = NULL;
7394 else
7395 in_section = new_section;
7396
7397 switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7398 {
7399 case SECTION_NAMED:
7400 targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7401 new_section->named.common.flags,
7402 new_section->named.decl);
7403 break;
7404
7405 case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7406 new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7407 break;
7408
7409 case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7410 gcc_unreachable ();
7411 break;
7412 }
7413
7414 new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7415 }
7416
7417 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7418 it at the end of its block. */
7419
7420 void
7421 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7422 {
7423 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7424 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7425 unsigned int alignment;
7426 struct object_block *block;
7427 tree decl;
7428
7429 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7430 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7431 return;
7432
7433 /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment. */
7434 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7435 {
7436 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7437 alignment = desc->align;
7438 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7439 }
7440 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7441 {
7442 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7443 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7444 alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7445 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7446 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7447 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7448 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7449 {
7450 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7451 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7452 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7453 }
7454 }
7455 else
7456 {
7457 struct symtab_node *snode;
7458 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7459
7460 snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7461 if (snode->alias)
7462 {
7463 rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7464
7465 gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7466 && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7467 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7468 target = XEXP (target, 0);
7469 place_block_symbol (target);
7470 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7471 return;
7472 }
7473 alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7474 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7475 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7476 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7477 {
7478 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7479 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7480 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7481 }
7482 }
7483
7484 /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block. */
7485 block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7486 mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7487 offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7488 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7489
7490 /* Record the block's new alignment and size. */
7491 block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7492 block->size = offset + size;
7493
7494 vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7495 }
7496
7497 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7498 from the first object in BLOCK. MODEL is the TLS model used
7499 to access it. */
7500
7501 rtx
7502 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7503 enum tls_model model)
7504 {
7505 char label[100];
7506 unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7507 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7508 rtx anchor;
7509
7510 /* Work out the anchor's offset. Use an offset of 0 for the first
7511 anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7512 of a variable at the beginning of the block. This is particularly
7513 useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7514
7515 We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7516 anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7517 a ptr_mode offset. With some target settings, the lowest such
7518 anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7519 likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset. Use anchors
7520 at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7521
7522 All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7523 signed overflow. */
7524 max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7525 min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7526 range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7527 if (range == 0)
7528 offset = 0;
7529 else
7530 {
7531 bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7532 if (offset < 0)
7533 {
7534 delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7535 delta -= delta % range;
7536 if (delta > bias)
7537 delta = bias;
7538 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7539 }
7540 else
7541 {
7542 delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7543 delta -= delta % range;
7544 if (delta > bias - 1)
7545 delta = bias - 1;
7546 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7547 }
7548 }
7549
7550 /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7551 Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not. */
7552 begin = 0;
7553 end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7554 while (begin != end)
7555 {
7556 middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7557 anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7558 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7559 end = middle;
7560 else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7561 begin = middle + 1;
7562 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7563 end = middle;
7564 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7565 begin = middle + 1;
7566 else
7567 return anchor;
7568 }
7569
7570 /* Create a new anchor with a unique label. */
7571 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7572 anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7573 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7574 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7575
7576 /* Insert it at index BEGIN. */
7577 vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7578 return anchor;
7579 }
7580
7581 /* Output the objects in BLOCK. */
7582
7583 static void
7584 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7585 {
7586 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7587 unsigned int i;
7588 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7589 tree decl;
7590 rtx symbol;
7591
7592 if (!block->objects)
7593 return;
7594
7595 /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7596 suitably aligned. */
7597 /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable. */
7598 if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7599 && block->sect->named.name
7600 && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7601 handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7602 else
7603 switch_to_section (block->sect);
7604
7605 assemble_align (block->alignment);
7606
7607 /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7608 position. */
7609 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7610 targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7611
7612 /* Output the objects themselves. */
7613 offset = 0;
7614 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7615 {
7616 /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary. */
7617 assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7618 offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7619 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7620 {
7621 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7622 /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7623 So aligning shouldn't be necessary. */
7624 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7625 offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7626 }
7627 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7628 {
7629 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7630 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7631 assemble_constant_contents (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0),
7632 DECL_ALIGN (decl), false);
7633
7634 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7635 offset += size;
7636 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7637 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7638 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7639 {
7640 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7641 assemble_zeros (size);
7642 offset += size;
7643 }
7644 }
7645 else
7646 {
7647 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7648 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7649 assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false, false);
7650 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7651 offset += size;
7652 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7653 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7654 {
7655 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7656 assemble_zeros (size);
7657 offset += size;
7658 }
7659 }
7660 }
7661 }
7662
7663 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks. */
7664
7665 static int
7666 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7667 {
7668 object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7669 object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7670
7671 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7672 && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7673 return 1;
7674
7675 if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7676 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7677 return -1;
7678
7679 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7680 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7681 return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7682
7683 unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7684 unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7685 if (f1 == f2)
7686 return 0;
7687 return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7688 }
7689
7690 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks. */
7691
7692 void
7693 output_object_blocks (void)
7694 {
7695 vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7696 v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7697 object_block *obj;
7698 hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7699
7700 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7701 v.quick_push (obj);
7702
7703 /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7704 otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7705 and without -g. */
7706 v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7707 unsigned i;
7708 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7709 output_object_block (obj);
7710
7711 v.release ();
7712 }
7713
7714 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7715 TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets. When triggered
7716 by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7717 assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7718 contains the switches in ASCII format.
7719
7720 FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7721 that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7722 FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7723 characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators. Since
7724 we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7725 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP. */
7726
7727 int
7728 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7729 {
7730 switch (type)
7731 {
7732 case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7733 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7734 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, HOST_WIDE_INT_1U);
7735 break;
7736
7737 case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7738 if (name == NULL)
7739 {
7740 /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL. */
7741 static bool started = false;
7742
7743 if (!started)
7744 {
7745 section * sec;
7746
7747 sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7748 SECTION_DEBUG
7749 | SECTION_MERGE
7750 | SECTION_STRINGS
7751 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7752 NULL);
7753 switch_to_section (sec);
7754 started = true;
7755 }
7756 }
7757
7758 default:
7759 break;
7760 }
7761
7762 /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7763 For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7764 emitted into the assembler file. */
7765 return 0;
7766 }
7767
7768 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7769 properly support non-default visibility. */
7770 void
7771 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7772 tree decl,
7773 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7774 {
7775 /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7776 set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7777 used. Always output visibility specified in the source. */
7778 if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7779 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7780 || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7781 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7782 }
7783
7784 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME. */
7785
7786 void
7787 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7788 {
7789 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7790 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7791 #else
7792 fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7793 output_quoted_string (file, name);
7794 putc ('\n', file);
7795 #endif
7796 }
7797
7798 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V. */
7799
7800 void
7801 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7802 {
7803 int len;
7804 const char *na;
7805
7806 if (input_name == NULL)
7807 input_name = "<stdin>";
7808 else
7809 input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7810
7811 len = strlen (input_name);
7812 na = input_name + len;
7813
7814 /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names. */
7815 while (na > input_name)
7816 {
7817 if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7818 break;
7819 na--;
7820 }
7821
7822 targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7823 }
7824
7825 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7826 EXP. */
7827 rtx
7828 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7829 {
7830 tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7831 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7832 rtx dval;
7833
7834 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7835 if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7836 type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7837 else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7838 type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7839 else
7840 type = NULL_TREE;
7841 if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7842 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7843 else
7844 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7845 SET_DECL_MODE (ddecl, mode);
7846 dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7847 DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7848 SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7849 return dval;
7850 }
7851
7852 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7853 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets. */
7854
7855 void
7856 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7857 {
7858 int escape;
7859 unsigned char c;
7860
7861 fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7862 putc ('"', f);
7863 while (*s != '\0')
7864 {
7865 c = *s;
7866 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7867 switch (escape)
7868 {
7869 case 0:
7870 putc (c, f);
7871 break;
7872 case 1:
7873 putc ('\\', f);
7874 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7875 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7876 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7877 break;
7878 default:
7879 putc ('\\', f);
7880 putc (escape, f);
7881 break;
7882 }
7883 s++;
7884 }
7885 putc ('\"', f);
7886 putc ('\n', f);
7887 }
7888
7889 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets. */
7890
7891 void
7892 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7893 {
7894 const char *limit = s + len;
7895 const char *last_null = NULL;
7896 unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7897 unsigned char c;
7898 int escape;
7899
7900 for (; s < limit; s++)
7901 {
7902 const char *p;
7903
7904 if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7905 {
7906 putc ('\"', f);
7907 putc ('\n', f);
7908 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7909 }
7910
7911 if (s > last_null)
7912 {
7913 for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7914 continue;
7915 last_null = p;
7916 }
7917 else
7918 p = last_null;
7919
7920 if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7921 {
7922 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7923 {
7924 putc ('\"', f);
7925 putc ('\n', f);
7926 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7927 }
7928
7929 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7930 s = p;
7931 }
7932 else
7933 {
7934 if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7935 fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7936
7937 c = *s;
7938 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7939 switch (escape)
7940 {
7941 case 0:
7942 putc (c, f);
7943 bytes_in_chunk++;
7944 break;
7945 case 1:
7946 putc ('\\', f);
7947 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7948 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7949 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7950 bytes_in_chunk += 4;
7951 break;
7952 default:
7953 putc ('\\', f);
7954 putc (escape, f);
7955 bytes_in_chunk += 2;
7956 break;
7957 }
7958
7959 }
7960 }
7961
7962 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7963 {
7964 putc ('\"', f);
7965 putc ('\n', f);
7966 }
7967 }
7968 #endif
7969
7970 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
7971 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
7972
7973 static section *
7974 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
7975 bool constructor_p)
7976 {
7977 section *sec;
7978 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
7979 {
7980 char buf[18];
7981 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
7982 constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
7983 priority);
7984 sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7985 }
7986 else
7987 {
7988 if (constructor_p)
7989 {
7990 if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
7991 elf_init_array_section
7992 = get_section (".init_array",
7993 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7994 sec = elf_init_array_section;
7995 }
7996 else
7997 {
7998 if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
7999 elf_fini_array_section
8000 = get_section (".fini_array",
8001 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8002 sec = elf_fini_array_section;
8003 }
8004 }
8005 return sec;
8006 }
8007
8008 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
8009
8010 void
8011 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8012 {
8013 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8014 true);
8015 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8016 }
8017
8018 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
8019
8020 void
8021 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8022 {
8023 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8024 false);
8025 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8026 }
8027
8028 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
8029
8030 This is a bit of a cheat. The real default is a no-op, but this
8031 hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive. */
8032
8033 void
8034 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
8035 {
8036 const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
8037
8038 /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
8039 to asm_out_file. Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
8040 This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
8041 writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident. */
8042 if (symtab->state == PARSING)
8043 {
8044 char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
8045 symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
8046 }
8047 else
8048 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
8049 }
8050
8051
8052 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
8053 in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
8054 comdat name. Without this the variables end up in the same section
8055 with a single comdat name.
8056
8057 FIXME: resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
8058 decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY. Once
8059 that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
8060 a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)". */
8061
8062 static void
8063 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8064 {
8065 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8066 targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
8067 sect->named.common.flags
8068 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8069 DECL_NAME (decl));
8070 in_section = sect;
8071 #else
8072 /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
8073 Therefore the following check is used.
8074 In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
8075 is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
8076 everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
8077
8078 A fix could be made in
8079 gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section. */
8080 if (TARGET_PECOFF)
8081 {
8082 char *name;
8083
8084 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8085 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8086 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
8087 else
8088 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8089 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
8090 NULL));
8091
8092 targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
8093 sect->named.common.flags
8094 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8095 DECL_NAME (decl));
8096 in_section = sect;
8097 }
8098 else
8099 switch_to_section (sect);
8100 #endif
8101 }
8102
8103 #include "gt-varasm.h"